200911347 九、發明說明 【發明所屬之技術領域】 本發明係關於在通常控制模式動作中的遊戲中，達成 所定特別控制模式轉移條件時，則轉移至與通常控制模式 不同之特別控制模式的遊戲裝置及遊戲系統者。 又’本發明係關於以分別具備有控制相互獨立之遊戲 的進行之獨立遊戲控制手段的複數遊戲裝置所構成之遊戲 系統者。 【先前技術】 大多營業用遊戲裝置係以排除持續相同遊戲狀況所致 之遊戲的單調性爲目的，準備有於其通常控制模式中藉由 達成所定特別控制模式轉移條件而轉移之特別控制模式。 例如，在柏青哥機（pachinko)及柏青嫂機，準備有用以控 制藉由達成所謂在通常控制模式中獲得特定獎賞之特別控 制模式轉移條件而轉移之獎金遊戲（bonus game)等的特別 控制模式。又’即使在設置於遊戲中心等之遊藝場遊戲 機’亦準備有相同的特別控制模式。 另一方面，於習知的營業用遊戲裝置中，係公知有使 用具備用以記憶電子資料之記憶部的IC代幣（特殊有體物） 的遊戲機（專利文獻1)。該遊戲機係在投入1C代幣時，記 憶於其IC代幣之IC晶片的電子資料被遊戲機讀取，使用 已讀取之電子資料來進行各種設定處理，或進行該IC代 幣之有效期限的判斷。 -4- 200911347 [專利文獻1]日本特開2006 - 8 7900號公報 【發明內容】 [發明所欲解決之課題] 然而，於具備上述之特別控制模式之習知的營業用遊 戲裝置中，玩家可在特別控制模式進行遊玩時是通常限定 於其玩家持續在其遊戲裝置達成所定特別控制模式轉移條 件時的遊戲之狀況。亦即，達成所定特別控制模式轉移條 件之玩家不進行在特別控制模式之遊玩，停止在其遊戲裝 置的遊玩之後，通常，其玩家係如果不在其遊戲裝置再次 進行遊玩而再次達成所定特別控制模式轉移條件，則無法 進行在特別控制模式的遊玩。此係依據以下之理由。 亦即，在習知的遊戲裝置，一般來說在達成所定特別 控制模式轉移條件時，進行豎立表示達成其條件之要旨的 旗標的處理，只要該旗標豎立，則在所定時機轉移至特別 控制模式。在此，於營業用遊戲裝置中，某玩家停止在其 遊戲裝置的遊玩時，則會有其他玩家在其遊戲裝置進行遊 玩。爲此，達成所定特別控制模式轉移條件之玩家停止在 其遊戲裝置的遊玩之後，如果其他玩家在其遊戲裝置進行 遊玩時，依據該旗標，遊玩在特別控制模式的遊戲的話， 則豎立其旗標之當初的玩家會無法在其遊戲裝置遊玩在特 別控制模式的遊戲。 又，遊戲系統係一般來說，使構成其遊戲系統之複數 遊戲裝置中混合存在有遊戲種類相互不同者，可讓玩家享 -5- 200911347 受各種種類的遊戲。例如，於遊戲中心或柏青哥店等的遊 戲設施中’爲了讓玩家享受各種種類的遊戲，並不會全部 配置相同機種’而是配置各種機種，藉由該等機種構成遊 戲系統。 在習知的遊戲設施，如上述般利用配置各種配置的機 種來讓玩家享受各種種類的遊戲，以對其玩家傳達該遊戲 設施的樂趣’促進再次光臨。但是，僅單單增加配置之機 種’會有並無法對玩家充分傳達該遊戲設施的樂趣，無法 充分取得促進再次光臨的效果。 本發明係有鑒於以上背景所發明者，第1目的係提供 讓達成用以在特別控制模式進行遊玩的所定特別控制模式 轉移條件的玩家即使不遊玩在特別控制模式的遊戲而直接 停止在其遊戲裝置的遊玩後，亦不需要再在其遊戲裝置達 成再次達成所定特別控制模式轉移條件，即可遊玩在特別 控制模式之遊戲的遊戲裝置及遊戲系統。 又，第2目的係提供於設置有以執行相互獨立之遊戲 的複數遊戲裝置所構成之遊戲系統的遊戲設施中，可取得 促進光臨該遊戲設施之玩家再次光臨的高度效果的遊戲系 統。 [用以解決課題之手段] 爲了達成前述第1目的’申請專利範圍第1項的發明 是一種遊戲裝置，其特徵爲具有：有體物受取手段’係受 取通常有體物及與該通常有體物不同之特殊有體物；遊戲 -6- 200911347 控制手段’係控制遊戲的進行；及控制模式切換手段，係 在通常控制模式與特別控制模式之間切換該遊戲控制手段 的控制模式；前述控制模式切換手段，係將前述有體物受 取手段受取所定量的特殊有體物作爲特別控制模式轉移條 件，在達成該特別控制模式轉移條件時，從前述通常控制 模式將前述遊戲控制手段的控制模式，切換至前述特別控 制模式。 又，申請專利範圍第2項的發明係於申請專利範圍第 1項所記載之遊戲裝置中，具有：特殊有體物支付手段， 係於前述遊戲控制手段在通常控制模式下動作時達成所定 特殊有體物支付條件時，則將前述特殊有體物支付給玩 家。 又’申請專利範圍第3項的發明係於申請專利範圍第 1項所記載之遊戲裝置中，前述有體物受取手段，係受取 未具備記憶電子資料之記憶部的通常有體物，與具備記憶 電子資料之記憶部的特殊有體物者。 又，申請專利範圍第4項的發明係於申請專利範圍第 3項所記載之遊戲裝置中，具有：資料讀取手段，係讀取 出記憶於前述特殊有體物之記憶部的電子資料。 又，申請專利範圍第5項的發明係於申請專利範圍第 3項所記載之遊戲裝置中，具有：資料寫入手段，係將所 定電子資料寫入至前述特殊有體物的記憶部。 又，申請專利範圍第6項的發明係於申請專利範圍第 3項所記載之遊戲裝置中，具有：資料讀取手段，係讀取 200911347 出記憶於 入手段， 部。 又， 1、2、3， 場域形成 有體物支 體物給玩 又， 具備複數 範圍第1 又， 具備複數 範圍第7 又， 第8項所 包含有前 之兩台以 又， 第9項所 包含有前 之兩台以 爲了 明是一種 前述特殊有體物之記憶部的電子資料；及資料寫 係將所定電子資料寫入至前述特殊有體物的記億 申請專利範圍第7項的發明係於申請專利範圍第 4、5或6項所記載之遊戲裝置中，具有··遊玩 手段’係形成玩家可目視之遊玩場域；前述特殊 付手段，係經由前述遊玩場域，支付前述特殊有 家者。 申請專利範圍第8項的發明是一種遊戲系統，係 遊戲裝置’其特徵爲：各遊戲裝置，係申請專利 、2、3、4、5或ό項所記載之遊戲裝置。 申請專利範圍第9項的發明是一種遊戲系統，係 遊戲裝置’其特徵爲：各遊戲裝置，係申請專利 項所記載之遊戲裝置。 申請專利範圍第1 〇項的發明係於申請專利範圍 記載之遊戲系統中，於前述複數遊戲裝置中，係 述特別控制模式轉移條件之前述所定量相互不同 上的遊戲裝置。 申請專利範圍第11項的發明係於申請專利範圍 g己載之遊戲系統中’於前述複數遊戲裝置中，係 述特別控制模式轉移條件之前述所定量相互不同 上的遊戲裝置。 達成則述第2目的，申請專利範圍第i 2項的發 遊戲系統，係以執行相互獨立之遊戲的複數遊戲 -8- 200911347 裝置所構成之遊戲系統，其特徵爲：前述複數遊戲裝置中 第1遊戲裝置係具有：通常有體物受取手段，係受取通常 有體物；通常遊戲控制手段，係藉由該通常有體物受取手 段受取通常有體物而利用電腦執行通常遊戲用的執行程 式，藉此控制通常遊戲的進行；及特殊有體物支付手段， 係在該通常遊戲達成所定特殊有體物支付條件時，將與該 通常有體物不同之特殊有體物支付給玩家；前述複數遊戲 裝置中與前述第1遊戲裝置不同之第2遊戲裝置係具有： 特殊有體物受取手段，係受取與前述通常有體物不同之特 殊有體物；通常遊戲控制手段，係藉由電腦執行通常遊戲 用的執行程式，藉此控制通常遊戲的進行；及特別遊戲控 制手段，係將該特殊有體物受取手段受取所定量的特殊有 體物作爲特別遊戲允許條件，藉由達成該特別遊戲允許條 件而利用電腦執行與該通常遊戲用的執行程式不同之特別 遊戲用的執行程式，藉此控制與該通常遊戲不同之特別遊 戲的進行。 又，申請專利範圍第1 3項的發明係於申請專利範圍 第12項所記載之遊戲系統中，前述第2遊戲裝置係具 有：通常有體物受取手段，係受取前述通常有體物；該第 2遊戲裝置的通常遊戲控制手段，係藉由該通常有體物受 取手段受取該通常有體物，控制前述通常遊戲的進行者。 又，申請專利範圍第1 4項的發明係於申請專利範圍 第1 2項所記載之遊戲系統中，前述通常有體物受取手 段，係受取未具備記憶電子資料之記憶部的通常有體物 -9- 200911347 者；前述特殊有體物受取手段，係受取具備記憶電子資料 之記憶部的特殊有體物者。 又’申請專利範圍第1 5項的發明係於申請專利範圍 第14項所記載之遊戲系統中，前述第2遊戲裝置係具 有.資料讀取手段’係讀取出記憶於前述特殊有體物之記 憶部的電子資料。 又’申請專利範圍第1 6項的發明係於申請專利範圍 第14項所記載之遊戲系統中，前述第2遊戲裝置係具 有：資料寫入手段’係將所定電子資料寫入至前述特殊有 體物的記憶部。 又’申請專利範圍第丨7項的發明係於申請專利範圍 第14項所記載之遊戲系統中，前述第2遊戲裝置係具 有：資料讀取手段，係讀取出記億於前述特殊有體物之記 憶部的電子資料；及資料寫入手段，係將所定電子資料寫 入至前述特殊有體物的記憶部。 又’申請專利範圍第1 8項的發明係於申請專利範圍 第1 2項至第1 7項中任一項所記載之遊戲系統中，前述第 1遊戲裝置係具有：遊玩場域形成手段，係形成玩家可目 視之遊玩場域：前述特殊有體物支付手段，係經由前述遊 玩場域，支付前述特殊有體物給玩家者。 又’申請專利範圍第1 9項的發明係於申請專利範圍 第1 2項至第1 7項中任一項所記載之遊戲系統中，於前述 複數遊戲裝置中，係包含有前述特別遊戲允許條件之前述 所定量相互不同之兩台以上的前述第2遊戲裝置。 -10- 200911347 又，申請專利範圍第2 0項的發明係於申請專利範圍 第18項所記載之遊戲系統中’於前述複數遊戲裝置中’ 係包含有前述特別遊戲允許條件之前述所定量相互不同之 兩台以上的前述第2遊戲裝置。 在此，所謂「特殊有體物」係只要是於遊戲裝置可與 通常有體物識別者即可。所以’作爲「特殊有體物」係可 舉出與通常有體物外觀不同者、即使外觀相同但材質及構 造不同者、或無關於外觀相同或非相同，通常有體物及特 殊有體物任一皆具備記憶部時’其記憶內容不同者等。 又，所謂「特別遊戲」係利用電腦執行與在通常遊戲 控制手段控制通常遊戲的進行時所使用之通常遊戲用的執 行程式不同之特別遊戲用的執行程式，藉此特別遊戲控制 手段進行控制者。所以，「特別遊戲」與「通常遊戲」係 在相互不同之執行程式藉由電腦執行來進行控制之點來 看，是相互獨立之遊戲。因此，在執行通常遊戲用的執行 程式，進行通常遊戲的進行控制時，在其執行程式下控制 內容改變後的遊戲係並不是在此之「特別遊戲」，而是作 爲之前的通常遊戲。 [發明之效果] 於本發明中，允許在特別控制模式的遊玩是以受取所 定量的對玩家支付之特殊有體物爲條件（特別控制模式轉 移條件）。因此，玩家以某種方法獲得前述所定量份的特 殊有體物時，其玩家係利用將該所定量份的特殊有體物交 -11 - 200911347 付給遊戲裝置，而可進行遊玩在特別控制模式的遊戲。在 此，依據本發明，用以判斷是否達成用以進行在特別控制 模式之遊戲的特別控制模式轉移條件的判斷對象，是被支 付給玩家的特殊有體物而玩家持有者。所以，只要是玩家 獲得所定量特殊有體物而達成用以進行在特別控制模式之 遊戲的條件後，例如即使是不進行遊玩在特別控制模式之 遊戲而直接停止在其遊戲裝置的遊玩之狀況，其玩家亦可 在其遊戲裝置再次遊玩時，利用將自己已經持有之所定量 特殊有體物，交付給遊戲裝置，而能遊玩在特別控制模式 的遊戲。 又，於本發明中，對於爲了在第2遊戲裝置遊玩特別 遊戲’將於第1遊戲裝置之通常遊戲中達成所定特殊有體 物支付條件而支付給玩家之特殊有體物，交付所定量至第 2遊戲裝置是爲條件。因此，玩家藉由於通常遊戲中達成 所定特殊有體物支付條件而接受特殊有體物的支付，獲得 前述所定量份的特殊有體物時，其玩家係利用將該所定量 份的特殊有體物交付給遊戲裝置，而可遊玩第2遊戲裝置 之特別遊戲。亦即’對於爲了遊玩第2遊戲裝置之特別遊 戲’必須獲得前述所定量份的特殊有體物。結果，可賦予 玩家所謂首先使用通常有體物來遊玩第1遊戲裝置的通常 遊戲’以獲得所定量份的特殊有體物爲目的，在獲得所定 量份的特殊有體物時，則使用其來遊玩第2遊戲裝置的特 別遊戲之涵蓋複數遊戲裝置之新的樂趣。 依據本發明’賦予光臨設置本遊戲系統之遊戲設施的 -12- 200911347 玩家’上述之新的樂趣之結果，可取得促進其玩家再次光 臨的高度效果。 【實施方式】 [實施形態1] 以下’針對將本發明適用於身爲遊戲系統的推幣遊戲 機之一實施形態（以下稱本實施形態爲「實施形態1」）， 使用圖面加以說明。 再者，各圖係僅爲槪略地揭示大致可理解本發明之內 容的形狀、大小及位置關係，所以，本發明係並不限定於 以各圖所例示之形狀、大小及位置關係。又，在各圖，爲 了構造之明瞭化，省略剖面之剖面線的一部分。 (整體構造） 圖1係揭示關於本實施形態1之推幣遊戲機1的外觀 之一部份的立體圖。 本推幣遊戲機1係以包圍身爲第2遊戲裝置的中央抽 選裝置2000之方式，設置有4個附屬設備部SA。各附屬 設備部SA係分別具備有作爲第1遊戲裝置之身爲推幣遊 戲機的4個遊戲站部ST，各玩家係以各遊戲站部ST來分 別進行遊玩遊戲。又，各附屬設備部SA係分別具備1個 作爲物理抽選手段的附屬設備抽選裝置1000，於該附屬 設備抽選裝置100之周圍，並排設置各遊戲站部ST。 -13- 200911347 (遊戲站部ST的構造） 圖2係用以說明本推幣遊戲機1之遊戲站部ST的構 造之說明圖。 圖3係用以說明遊戲站部S T的內部構造之說明圖。 如圖3所示，遊戲站部S T係具有··代幣投入機構（有 體物受取手段、通常有體物受取手段及特殊有體物受取手 段）1 〇〇、代幣搬送路徑200、第1抬升斗3 00、第2抬升 斗350、代幣排出路徑400、遊玩場域500、控制部600、 顯示部700及框體800。 框體800係成爲遊戲站部ST的骨架之構造。在框體 8 〇 〇中，於上部跟前側配置代幣投入機構！ 〇 〇，於上部深 側配置作爲顯示手段的顯示部7 0 0，於上部中央配置遊玩 場域5 00。又’於框體800內部係收納有代幣搬送路徑 2〇〇、作爲通常代幣排出機構之第1抬升斗300、作爲特 殊代幣排出機構的第2抬升斗3 5 0及控制部6 0 0等。在 此，用語「跟前側」係代表玩家進行遊戲時所位於之側， 用語「深側」係代表與玩家進行遊戲時所位於之側相反的 相反側’所謂「中央」係代表前述之「跟前側」與「深 側」之間的區域。 代幣投入機構1 〇 0係作爲在玩家進行遊戲時，用以將 作爲遊戲媒體之通常有體物的通常代幣（以下單稱爲「代 幣」）Μ投入至推幣遊戲機1的構造。從代幣投入機構 投入之代幣Μ係經由代幣搬送路徑200被搬送至第工 抬升斗300爲止，於第1抬升斗300中被暫時貯留。代幣 -14- 200911347 搬送路徑· 200及第丨抬升斗3⑽係如前述般，配置於框體 8 00內。再者，代幣搬送路徑20〇係具有使代幣投入機構 1 0 0與第1抬升斗3 0 0機械地及物理地連結’將從代幣投 入機構1〇〇投入之代幣Μ搬送至第1抬升斗300的功 能。 第1抬升斗3 00係具有··作爲用以積存代幣Μ之通 常代幣貯留容器的通常代幣貯留部3 1 0、用以將代幣Μ抬 升至所定高度的抬升部3 20、用以以所定時機排出被抬升 之代幣Μ的通常代幣排出部33〇。又，於通常代幣排出部 3 3 0的排出口，係可左右搖動地設置有用以將被排出之代 幣Μ引導至遊玩場域5 00的代幣排出路徑400。 抬升部320的上端係配置於比遊玩場域500更上方之 位置。因此，設置於抬升部3 20的上端之通常代幣排出部 330亦配置於比遊玩場域500更上方之位置。所以，被暫 時蓄積於設置在遊玩場域500下之通常代幣貯留部3 10的 代幣Μ，係藉由抬升部320抬高至比遊玩場域500更上方 之後，從通常代幣排出部3 3 0經由代幣排出路徑400而被 射出至遊玩場域5 0 0。 第2抬升斗350係具有：作爲用以積存作爲遊戲媒體 之特殊有體物的特殊代幣（以下稱爲「1C代幣Μ’」）之特 殊代幣貯留容器的1C代幣貯留部360、用以將1C代幣 Μ’抬升至所定高度的抬升部3 70、用以以所定時機排出 被抬升之1C代幣Μ’的1C代幣排出部380。又’於1C 代幣排出部3 8 0的排出口’係可左右搖動地設置有用以將 -15- 200911347 被排出之ic代幣Μ’引導至遊玩場域5 00的代幣排出路 徑 45 0 ° 代幣排出路徑3 7 0的上端係配置於比遊玩場域5 00更 上方之位置。因此，設置於抬升部3 7 0的上端之IC代幣 排出部3 8 0亦配置於比遊玩場域5 0 0更上方之位置。所 以，被暫時蓄積於設置在遊玩場域500下之1C代幣貯留 部3 60的1C代幣Μ’ ，係藉由抬升部3 70抬高至比遊玩 場域5 0 0更上方之後，從IC代幣排出部3 8 0經由代幣排 出路徑45 0而被射出至遊玩場域5 00。 於遊玩場域5 00內係設置有貯留身爲有體物之代幣之 作爲代幣載置台的主台盤501、及載置於主台盤501上之 作爲代幣推頂構件的推擠部5 1 0。推擠部5 1 0係具有：貯 留代幣Μ的上面（將此稱爲副台盤5 1 1 )、從副台盤5 1 1落 下之代幣Μ滑動的傾斜台盤5 1 2、及推進貯留於主台盤 501之代幣Μ的推進壁513。又，推擠部510係可滑動地 設置於遊玩場域500之主台盤501上，在作爲遊戲控制手 段之控制部600的控制下，以一定週期或任意週期進行滑 動運動。推擠部5 1 0的一部份（深側）係收納有設置於顯示 部700下方的後述之收納部720。推擠部5 1 0係利用以從 該收納部7 2 0出入之方式來滑動，而於前後來回運動。 於副台盤5 1 1係可滑動地抵接有顯示部7 0 0之顯示器 70 1的框體構件7 1 0。所以，推擠部5 1 0往收納部720之 收納方向移動時，藉由框體構件710推進副台盤511上的 代幣Μ。藉由該推進，副台盤5 1 1上的一部份之代幣Μ -16- 200911347 會落下至傾斜台盤5 1 2。從副台盤5 1 1落下之代幣Μ的一 部份係進入設置於傾斜台盤5 1 2之作爲代幣通過口的開口 部（將此稱爲卡盤5 1 5 — 1，5 1 5 — 2，5 1 5 — 3)。又，剩下的 代幣Μ係直接落下至主台盤501，而貯留於主台盤501。 主台盤5 0 1上的代幣Μ係與副台盤5 1 1上的代幣Μ 相同，藉由推擠部510的滑動運動而被推進。亦即，於主 台盤5 0 1上係無間隙地載置推擠部5 1 0，故推擠部5 1 0從 收納部72 0往搬出方向移動時，藉由推擠部510前面之推 進壁513推進主台盤501上的代幣Μ。藉由該推進，主台 盤501上的一部份之代幣Μ會落下。落下之代幣Μ中， 從玩家側之端（將此稱爲前端5 01 a，參考圖2)落下之代幣 Μ係支付給玩家，而其他代幣Μ，例如從主台盤5 0 1的兩 邊側（將此稱爲邊側端501b)落下之代幣Μ係存備於遊戲 站部ST內的所定貯留部（例如，存備於前述通常代幣貯留 部 310)。 又，前述構造之外，如圖3所示，本實施形態1的遊 戲站部ST係具有代幣移動模擬表演部900。代幣移動模 擬表演部900係如後述般，具有從代幣投入機構1 〇〇附近 排列至通常代幣排出部3 30附近之複數發光部（後述之 LED920)，藉由使該等發光部從代幣投入機構1〇〇側往通 常代幣排出部3 3 0依序點燈，來模擬表演投入至代幣投入 機構1 〇 〇之代幣Μ移動之樣子。此時，代幣Μ實際移動 之路徑與藉由表演所模擬之路徑爲不相同，或不接近亦 可。 -17- 200911347 又’從代幣投入機構1 〇 〇投入之代幣Μ係暫時 於第1抬升斗3 〇 〇之通常代幣貯留部3 1 0。於第1抬 30〇之通常代幣排出部330，存備於通常代幣貯留部 之代幣Μ係藉由抬升部320而被抬升並預先載置。 Μ被投入代幣投入機構1〇〇時，第1抬升斗3〇〇係遵 自控制部600的控制，將預先載置於通常代幣排出部 之代幣Μ排出至遊玩場域5〇〇。如此，在本實施形態 由玩家投入之代幣Μ與實際投入至遊玩場域500之 Μ係爲不同代幣。 又，代幣移動模擬表演部900係代幣Μ投入至 投入機構100時，遵從來自於控制部600的控制，使 列之LED920從代幣投入機構100側往通常代幣排 3 3 0依序點燈。此時，利用控制使通常代幣排出部3 3 近之LED920點燈之時機與從通常代幣排出部3 3 0排 幣Μ之時機，可藉由代幣移動模擬表演部900模擬 被投入至代幣投入機構1 0 0之代幣Μ移動的樣子。 另一方面，於第2抬升斗350之1C代幣排 3 80，存備於1C代幣貯留部360之1C代幣Μ’係藉 升部3 70而被抬升並預先載置。1C代幣排出部380 從來自控制部600的控制，將預先載置1C代幣Μ’ 至遊玩場域500。亦即，於本實施形態1中，於遊玩 500內係混合存在有未具備記憶電子資料之記憶部的 代幣之代幣Μ及具備具備記憶電子資料之記憶部的 代幣之I c代幣Μ ’ 。 貯存 升斗 3 10 代幣 從來 330 1 > 代幣 代幣 已排 出部 〇附 出代 表演 出部 由抬 係遵 排出 場域 通常 特殊 -18- 200911347 於本實施形態1中’於1C代幣M’的1C晶片係 有代幣價値資料。所謂代幣價値資料係表示相對於所 準價値之自身的相對價値之資料，在本實施形態1， 示該1C代幣M’具有相當於通常代幣Μ之多少枚份 幣價値之資料。再者’所謂「相對於所定基準價値之 的相對價値」係以數値表示者，代表相對於預先決定 準價値之値的相對値。在此所謂「代幣價値」係代表 常代幣Μ的換算値，身爲代幣價値資料是1 〇的ic Μ ’係具有通常代幣1 〇枚份之代幣價値。再者，在 施形態1，記憶於IC代幣Μ，之代幣價値資 「10」、「30」、「5〇」之任一。因此，存在有相當 常代幣1 〇枚份的1C代幣Μ’ 、相當於通常代幣30 的1C代幣Μ’ 、相當於通常代幣50枚份的1C代幣 之3種類的1C代幣，但是並不限於此。 又’於本實施形態1中，1C代幣Μ，的外型尺 形成爲小於代幣Μ，又，代幣面上的模樣及色彩亦與 Μ不同，外觀不同於代幣Μ。因此，玩家係可在外觀 別並辨識混合存在於遊玩場域500內之代幣Μ與1C Μ’ 。但是，在本實施形態1，1C代幣係全部在外觀 同’記憶於1C晶片之電子資料的不同係無法在外觀 別而加以辨識。再者，可藉由記憶於1C晶片之電子 的不同’在外觀上區別並辨識亦可。 如本實施形態1，利用在外觀上區別並辨識代幣 1C代幣Μ’ ，對於玩家，可促使較存在於遊玩場域 記憶 定基 係表 的代 自身 之基 對通 代幣 本實 料係 於通 枚份 Μ， 寸係 代幣 上區 代幣 上相 上區 資料 Μ與 500 -19- 200911347 內之代幣Μ，優先地將1C代幣Μ’推落至代幣落下溝 戰略性的遊玩，提高遊戲性。再者，使代幣Μ與IC代 M’在外觀上爲相同者，讓玩家無法在外觀上區別並辨 代幣Μ與1C代幣M’亦可。此時，可提供在玩家可在 觀上區別並辨識代幣Μ與1C代幣Μ’之狀況所無法提 之遊戲性。 又，於本實施形態1之1C代幣Μ’的1C晶片係記 有使用本1C代幣Μ’之店舖所固有的店舖ID。藉此’ 後述般，可防止在該店舖禁止使用之其他店舖的1C代 M’被不當使用。 又，於本實施形態1之1C代幣M’的1C晶片係記 有用以特定本I c代幣Μ ’之有效期限的有效期限資料 藉此，進行1C代幣Μ’的有效期限管理。 又，於本實施形態1之1C代幣Μ’的1C晶片係記 有作爲用以特定支付該1C代幣Μ’的遊戲站部ST之 置特定資訊的遊戲站ID。如此利用遊戲站ID記憶於 晶片，投入其1C代幣M’時，於遊戲站部ST及中央 選裝置2000中，可特定該1C代幣M’是從哪個遊戲站 ST被支付者（支付來源）。藉此，例如，投入投入其1C 幣M’的遊戲站部ST及中央抽選裝置2000，係可利用 定該1C代幣M’是從哪個遊戲站部ST被支付者，進 判定該1C代幣M’是否是適切者等之各種控制。 又，於1C代幣M’的1C晶片係記憶各1C代幣Μ 固有的代幣ID亦可。此時，可在遊戲裝置側或店舖側 之 幣 識 外 供 憶 如 幣 億 憶 裝 1C 抽 部 代 特 行 -20- 200911347 貫管理以使各代幣ID對應之方式記憶各種資料 等。如此之管理方法係相較於在各1C代幣M’ 期限資料之狀況，在易於防止不當的資料竄改之 高之防護效果。又，即使不對各1C代幣M’進 亦可進行使各IC代幣Μ ’對應有效期限資料的 可柔軟對應店舖側的營運方針。亦即，即使1C 交到玩家手中之後，亦可以變更1C代幣Μ’的 資料，在發生對玩家支付1C代幣Μ，之後，想 IC代幣Μ ’的有效期限時，亦可易於對應。 再者，記憶於1C代幣Μ’之1C晶片的電子 限定於本實施形態1所例示者，亦可記憶因應 Μ’的利用方法等，記憶被適切選擇之電子資料 遊戲站部s Τ係如圖2所示，至少於一方邊 投入機構1 8 00。球投入機構1 8 00係爲用以將後 異形物的球狀物體之球Β 1、Β 2投入至遊玩場域 造，具有球投入坡道180 1與球投入位置抽選機; 再者，球Bl、Β2係用以執行後述之賓果遊戲的 體。 球投入坡道1 80 1係用以藉由重力將從後述 1520投入之球Bl、Β2引導至球投入位置抽選ί 的構造。所以’爲往下傾斜的坡道。又’球投入 機構1810係用以抽選投入球Β1、Β2之遊玩場 的位置之構造。如此’從後述之球載具1 5 2 0投 站部S Τ的球Β 1、Β 2 ’係經由球投入坡道1 8 0 1 -的資料表 記億有效 .點，有較 :行存取， '變更，故 代幣Μ’ 有效期限 要變更其 資料係不 1C代幣 〇 側具有球 述之作爲 500的構 溝 1 8 1 0。 抽選用物 之球載具 幾構1 8 1 0 位置抽選 域5 00上 入至遊戲 及球投入 -21 - 200911347 位置抽選機構1 8 1 0而投入至遊玩場域5 00。 又，遊戲站部S Τ係如圖2所示，至少於一方邊 有球搬運機構1 900。球搬運機構1 900係爲用以在球 Β2從遊玩場域5 00的主台盤501落下至設置於該跟 之代幣落下溝時，將該球Bl、Β2搬運至附屬設備抽 置1000的構造，具有後述之球搬送路徑1040、球搬 1910及球搬運部行走坡道1901。球搬送路徑1 040係 於前端501a下方，將從前端501a落下之球Bl、Β2 至球搬運部1 9 1 0。球搬運部1 9 1 0係爲用以將經由球 路徑1 04 0而接收之球Bl、B2搬運至附屬設備抽選 1 000的構造，遵從控制部600的控制而行走於球搬 行走坡道1901。再者，被搬運至附屬設備抽選裝置 之球Bl、B2係交付給後述之球載具1520(參考圖6)。 又，遊戲站部ST係如圖2所示，具有包含作爲 有體物受取手段之第3抬升斗1 020及作爲特殊有體 付手段之第4抬升斗1 050與代幣支付部1 03 0的代幣 機構，利用驅動該代幣支付機構，與從前端5 0 1 a落 代幣落下溝之代幣Μ或IC代幣Μ ’有相同代幣價値 代幣Μ或1C代幣Μ’係被排出至代幣投入機構1〇〇 留面1 0 1。 進而，在遊戲站部ST之顯示部700，係顯示賓 戲及數位抽選遊戲（吃角子老虎遊戲）等之與推幣遊戲 之遊戲的遊戲畫面。在本推幣遊戲機1係如後述般， 推幣遊戲之外，於顯示部700顯示如圖4所示之吃角 側具 Β1、 前側 選裝 運部 設置 引導 搬送 裝置 運部 1000 通常 物支 支付 下至 份的 的貯 果遊 不同 除了 子老 -22- 200911347 虎用遊戲畫面而執行吃角子老虎遊戲之同時’於顯示部 700顯示如圖5所示之賓果用遊戲畫面而執行賓果遊戲。 吃角子老虎遊戲係主要爲遊戲站部ST之作爲遊戲控 制手段之控制部600進行數位抽選的數位抽選遊戲。該吃 角子老虎遊戲的開始條件係以代幣Μ或1C代幣M’進入 於設置在推擠部510的傾斜台盤512之卡盤515— 1、515 -2、515— 3之任一而開始。於顯示部700係在後述之賓 果遊戲未進行的期間，顯示如圖4所示之吃角子老虎用遊 戲畫面，代幣Μ或1C代幣Μ’進入卡盤515—1、515 — 2、5 1 5 - 3之任一而達成吃角子老虎抽選開始條件時，控 制部6 0 0係進行使3個骰子狀吃角子老虎D S旋轉的顯示 控制。在吃角子老虎遊戲之數位抽選，控制部600執行所 定抽選程式，而已產生之亂數對照所定當選表而決定是否 當選任一獎項或落選。之後，控制部600係在決定當選獎 項時，以該關於當選獎項之圖案的組合停止顯示於顯示部 7〇〇的方式，進行使3個骰子狀吃角子老虎DS的旋轉停 止之顯示控制。 在本實施形態1，作爲數位抽選的獎項，係準備有以 下等：小型獎項A，係將3枚代幣Μ供給至遊玩場域 500 ;小型獎項Β，係將3枚1C代幣Μ’供給至遊玩場域 5 0 0 ;球供給獎項，係將球Β1供給至遊玩場域5 〇 〇 ;通常 獎金獎項，係將30枚代幣Μ供給至遊玩場域5〇〇 ;確變 獎金獎項，係將3 0枚代幣Μ供給至遊玩場域5〇〇之同 時’在之後的數位抽選使用當選機率設定爲較高之當選 -23- 200911347 表；直接附屬設備獎項，係將球B 1直接供給至附屬設備 抽選裝置1 000。各獎項的當選機率係以依該順序減低之 方式設定。再者，準備哪種獎項，而將各獎項設定爲哪種 當選機率係爲任意。例如，以對玩家直接支付代幣Μ 等’以賦予玩家各種利益之方式來構成亦可》 於本實施形態1中，控制部600係藉由決定是否當選 球供給獎項，進行是否將球Β1供給至遊玩場域5 0 0的數 位抽選。然後，藉由控制部6 0 0的數位抽選而當選球供給 獎項時，則從控制部600輸出球供給命令至附屬設備抽選 裝置1000的未圖示之控制部。藉此，附屬設備抽選裝置 1〇〇〇的控制部係如後述般，從球供給機構1 3 00將球交付 至球載具1 520，使該球載具1 520沿著環狀的球搬送路徑 1 500之外周，移動至該當球供給獎項當選之遊戲站部ST 的對應位置。然後，球Β1從該球載具1520被交付至該當 遊戲站部S Τ的球投入機構1 8 0 0，球Β 1係從該當球投入 機構1 8 00被供給至遊玩場域5 00。再者，於本實施形態1 中，球Β2係如後述般，僅於賓果遊戲的賓果卡片上成立 特定線之賓果時，才被供給至遊玩場域50 0。此時關於球 供給之構造及動作，係球Β2從與球供給機構1 3 00不同之 球供給機構1 400交付至球載具1 520之外，與球Β1之狀 況幾近相同。 在本實施形態1，如此用以將球Β1、Β 2供給至遊玩 場域5 00的構成部份係構成異形物供給手段。 賓果遊戲係藉由使用兩種類的球Bl、Β2與附屬設備 -24- 200911347 抽選裝置1 ο ο 〇的物理抽選來進行之物理抽選遊戲，藉由 後述之附屬設備抽選裝置1000之未圖示的控制部與遊戲 站部ST之控制部600來進行。再者，於賓果遊戲中，附 屬設備抽選裝置1 000的控制部係主要控制決定賓果遊戲 的當選賓果數字之抽選，包含該附屬設備抽選裝置1000 的附屬設備部SA所屬之各遊戲站部ST的控制部600係 擔任賓果遊戲的表演及賓果成立的判定等之控制。在本實 施形態1，藉由在附屬設備抽選裝置1000使球Bl、Β2移 動，進行從相互不同之複數賓果數字（抽選對象）中選擇1 個當選賓果數字（當選對象）的物理抽選。在本實施形態1 的物理抽選，係從「1」〜「9」的賓果數字中選擇1個當 選賓果數字。然後，例如使用遊戲站部ST的作爲排列資 訊產生手段之控制部600，於各遊戲站部ST個別產生， 該等之「1」〜「9」的賓果數字排列爲矩陣狀之賓果卡片 的排列資訊。之後，「1」〜「9」的賓果數字之畫像（抽 選對象畫像）遵從該排列資訊而排列之賓果卡片畫像B C係 如圖5所示，顯示於各遊戲站部ST的顯示部700。在本 實施形態1，未進行賓果遊戲的期間係於顯示部700顯示 有圖4所示之吃角子老虎用遊戲畫面，在開始賓果遊戲的 物理抽選時則切換成圖5所示之賓果用遊戲畫面。再者， 賓果遊戲的物理抽選結束時，會再次回到吃角子老虎用遊 戲畫面，但是，賓果卡片畫像BC係如圖4所示般，縮小 地顯示於吃角子老虎用遊戲畫面的上部。所以，玩家係可 時常確認在遊戲站部ST的賓果卡片，當選賓果數字備齊 -25- 200911347 哪種程度。 於本實施形態1中，在各遊戲站進行之各賓果遊戲係 通常於每個遊戲站部ST，獨立進行。亦即，在1個遊戲 站部ST，球B 1、B2落下至代幣落下溝而在附屬設備抽選 裝置1 000開始物理抽選時，藉此當選之賓果數字係僅在 該當1個遊戲站部ST作爲當選賓果數字而處理，在其他 遊戲站部ST係並不作爲當選賓果數字而處理。但是，於 本實施形態1中，達成後述之所定事件條件時，在球 Bl、B2落下1個遊戲站部ST的代幣落下溝時進行之物理 抽選當選的賓果數字，係不僅在該當1個遊戲站部ST， 亦作爲其他遊戲站部ST的當選賓果數字而處理。 在此，本實施形態1之其他遊戲站部ST係與該當1 個遊戲站部ST相同，屬於附屬設備部SA的剩下3個遊 戲站部ST。亦即，於本實施形態1中，將本推幣遊戲機1 所具備之所有遊戲站部S T區分成複數組群，將各組群作 爲附屬設備部SA，在屬於該附屬設備部SA的遊戲站部 ST之間，係利用達成前述事件條件，而可產生各玩家的 遊戲相互關聯之狀況。結果，例如產生出在屬於同一附屬 設備部SA的遊戲站部ST個別進行遊玩之玩家相互協力 而以獲得代幣爲目標之遊戲性。 之外，於後針對本實施形態1之賓果遊戲而加以詳細 說明。 (附屬設備抽選裝置的構造） -26- 200911347 圖6係揭示附屬設備抽選裝置1 000的主要構造之立 體圖。附屬設備抽選裝置1 〇〇〇係具有：外側賓果平台 1 1〇〇、內側賓果平台1 200、球供給機構1 3 00及1 400、球 搬送路徑1 5 00、平台球投入機構1 600及支持台1 700。 支持台1 7 00係成爲附屬設備抽選裝置1 0 00的骨架之 構造，支持其他構造。於支持台1700中，在上部中央係 配設有內側賓果平台1200，並以包圍該內側賓果平台 1200的周圍之方式，配設有外側賓果平台1 100。進而， 以包圍外側賓果平台1100的周圍之方式，配設有球搬送 路徑1 500。在球搬送路徑1 500之旁係設置有球供給機構 1300、 1400° 球供給機構1 3 00係用以供給某種球（例如非金屬製的 球B1)之構造。另一方面，球供給機構1 400係用以供給 與球B1不同種類之球（例如金屬製的球B2)之構造。再 者，球B1與球B2之差異係無關於金屬製或非金屬製， 依據其他要因（例如，球的顏色）規定亦可。 該球供給機構1 3 0 0係具有：球供給部1 3 0 1、抬升部 1 3 0 2與球歸來路徑1 3 0 3。球供給機構1 3 0 1係用以供給球 B1至後述之球載具1 520的構造。抬升部1 302係用以將 球B1抬升至球供給部1301的構造。球歸來路徑1 3 03係 作爲用以使供給至後述之外側賓果平台1 1 〇〇之球B 1回到 球供給機構1 3 0 0之抬升部1 3 0 2的路徑之構造。 相同地，球供給機構1 400係具有：球供給部1401、 抬升部1402與球歸來路徑（未圖示）。球供給機構1401係 -27- 200911347 用以供給球B2至後述之球載具1 520的構造。抬升部 1 402係用以將球B2抬升至球供給部1401的構造。未圖 示之球歸來路徑係爲用以使供給至後述之內側賓果平$ 1200的球B2回到第2球供給機構1400之抬升部1402的 路徑之構造。 球載具1 5 20係用以沿著環狀之球搬送路徑1 5 00的外 周來搬運球Bl、B2的構造。該球載具1 520係具有彎曲 成V字狀之兩條棒狀構件所構成之承受部，在此保持球 Bl、B2。又，球載具1520係固定於沿著球搬送路徑15〇() 設置之環狀構件1 5 5 0。所以，藉由環狀構件沿著球搬送 路徑1 5 0 0旋轉，球載具1 5 2 0係沿著球搬送路徑1 5 0 0移 動。 球搬送路徑1 5 0 0係於外周面具有複數感測器部 1 5 1 0。感測器部1 5 1 0係用以檢測此附近是否存在有球載 具1 520的構造。以感測器部1 5 1 0檢測之資訊係適切或即 時輸入至例如未圖示之控制部。該控制部係依據從感測器 部1510送來之資訊，特定球載具1520的位置，並依據此 來控制球載具1 5 2 0的行走及停止。例如，圖2所示之對 遊戲站部S T供給球B1之狀況’該控制部係依據來自於 感測器部1 5 1 0的資訊，使球載具1 5 2 0停止在感測器部 1 5 1 0 - 1的位置。藉此，球載具1 5 2 0將位於球投入坡道 1 8 0 1之延長線上。在此狀態，藉由未圖示之控制部’將 球載具1 520的V字狀承受部倒向球投入坡道180 1側 時，保持於球載具1520之球Bl、B2係被投入至球投入 -28- 200911347 坡道1801(參考圖2)的入口。再者，感測器部1510係個 別設置在球搬送路徑1 5 0 0的外周面上，即，個別配置在 各個遊戲站部S T之球投入坡道1 8 0 1之位置以及配置球搬 運部行走坡道1 9 Ο 1之位置。 投入至球投入坡道1 8 0 1之球B 1、B2，係藉由圖1所 示之擋止器18 02而暫時保持。然後，玩家按下按鍵160 而該操作訊號被送至控制部600時，控制部600係以擋止 器1 802倒向球投入坡道1801的出口側之方式而驅動控 制。藉此，以擋止器1802擋止的球Bl、B2，係藉由該球 投入坡道1 80 1的傾斜而滾落，並經由球投入位置抽選機 構1810，投入至遊玩場域5 00。投入至遊玩場域500之球 B 1、B2係於推幣遊戲的進行過程中，與代幣Μ或1C代 幣Μ’相同，從主台盤501之前端501a落下至代幣落下 溝。落下之球B 1、B2係如前述般，經由後述之球搬送路 徑1 040而安置於球搬運部1910。再者，該球搬送路徑 1 040係具有僅接收球Bl、B2，並使代幣Μ及1C代幣 Μ’通過之球承受部1041。又，球搬運部1910係在通常 狀態下，於球搬送路徑1 040的球排出口 1 043待機。 球搬運部1 9 1 0係如前述般，爲用以將球Β 1、Β2搬 運至附屬設備抽選裝置1 000的構造。球搬運部1 9 1 0係如 安置球Β 1、Β2時，則依據來自於未圖示之控制部的控 制，驅上球搬運部行走坡道1 9 0 1，而移動至球搬運部行 走坡道1901之上端。於球搬運部行走坡道1901之上端附 近係待機有球載具1520。球搬運部1910係在移動至球搬 -29- 200911347 運部行走坡道1901之上端之後，將搬運之球B1、B2交 給球載具1520。再者，被交付球B1、B2之球載具1520 係成爲保持此之姿勢。 又，球載具1 520係接收球B1、B2時，依據來自於 未圖示之控制部的控制，往與平台球投入機構1 600對向 之位置移動。平台球投入機構1 600係具有用以將球B 1投 入至外側賓果平台1100的承受盤1610、及用以將球B2 投入至內側賓果平台1 200的承受盤1 620。球載具1520 係依據來自於前述未圖示之控制部的控制，遵從保持之球 的種類（Bl、B2)，往與承受盤1610或1620對向之位置移 動。承受盤1610、1 620係從球載具1 5 20接收球時，下降 至與球載具1 5 20對向之位置，而從球載具1 520接收球 時，則上升至與球投入路徑1 1 1 〇、1 2 1 0對向之位置。然 後，到球投入時機爲止保持著球。 例如，從球搬運部1 9 1 0接收球B 1時，球載具1 5 2 0 係沿著球搬送路徑1 5 00行走後，將該球B 1交付給平台球 投入機構1 600之承受盤1610。接收球B1的承受盤1610 係例如以玩家按下按鍵1 60的時機，將保持之球B 1投入 至球投入路徑1 1 1 〇。被投入之球B 1係在取得因應球投入 路徑1 1 1 0之傾斜及長度的加速之後，被投入至外側賓果 平台1 1 00。又例如，從球搬運部1 9 1 0接收球B2時，球 載具1 520係沿著球搬送路徑1 500行走後，將該球B2交 付給平台球投入機構1 600之承受盤1 620。接收球B2的 承受盤1 620係例如以玩家按下按鍵1 60的時機，將保持 -30- 200911347 之球B2投入至球投入路徑1 2 1 0。被投入之球B2係在取 得因應球投入路徑1 2 1 0之傾斜及長度的加速之後’被投 入至內側賓果平台1 200。再者，交付給球載具1 5 20之球 的種類爲Β1或Β2係例如將球Β1作爲非金屬製，將球 Β2作爲金屬製之狀況，可利用於球載具1 520設置金屬感 測器等來檢測。又，例如將球Β1與球Β2作爲不同顏色 之狀況，可利用於球載具1 520設置顏色感測器等，而檢 測出交付之球的種類。又，檢測出之球的種類係被送至未 圖示之控制部。所以，球載具1 520係依據對該控制部通 知之球的種類而被控制。 外側賓果平台1 1 〇〇具有具備球Β 1可通過之程度的直 徑之2個以上的洞（稱爲得獎點1 1 〇 1 )，係以所定週期旋轉 於內側賓果平台1 200的周圍。於本實施形態1中，設置 有1 0個的得獎點1 1 0 1，係分別被分配在賓果遊戲使用之 「1」〜「9」的賓果數字與落選的總計 10個得獎點 1101。被投入至外側賓果平台1100之球Β1係藉由於球投 入路徑1 1 1 〇中所取得之加速及外側賓果平台η 〇 〇本身的 旋轉而旋繞外側賓果平台1 1 0 0後，進入任一之得獎點 1 1 0 1。球Β 1是進入哪個得獎點！ i i的資訊係適切地被送 至未圖示之控制部。該控制部係在球Β1進入被分配有數 字之任一的得獎點1 1 0 1時’則與作爲該球Β 1的搬運來源 之遊戲站部ST的控制部6〇〇等協力作動，將被分配至該 當得獎點1101的賓果數字作爲當選賓果數字，而進行賓 果遊戲。再者’進入得獎點1 1 〇 1之球Β 1係以玩家可確認 -31 - 200911347 之方式’暫時保持於得獎點1 1 0 1入口後，被投入至設置 於外側賓果平台1 1 0 0下方的球歸來路徑1 3 0 3。 相同地，內側賓果平台1200具有具備球B2可通過之 程度的直徑之1個以上的得獎點1 20 1，係將該中心部份 作爲旋轉中心而以所定週期旋轉。於本實施形態1中，設 置有總計5個的得獎點1 2 0 1，係分別被分配有兩個在賓 果遊戲使用之「1」〜「8」的賓果數字的4個得獎點 1201，與被分配在賓果遊戲使用之「9」之賓果數字的1 個得獎點1 2 0 1的總計5個得獎點1 2 0 1。被投入至內側賓 果平台1 200之球B2係藉由於球投入路徑1210中所取得 之加速及內側賓果平台1 200本身的旋轉而旋繞內側賓果 平台1 200後，進入任一之得獎點1201。球B2是進入哪 個得獎點1 2 0 1的資訊係適切地被送至未圖示之控制部。 該控制部係在球B2進入被分配有數字之任一的得獎點 1201時，則與作爲該球B2的搬運來源之遊戲站部ST的 控制部600等協力作動，將被分配至該當得獎點1201的 賓果數字作爲當選賓果數字，而進行賓果遊戲。再者，進 入得獎點1 20 1之球B2係以玩家可確認之方式，暫時保持 於得獎點1 20 1入口後，被投入至設置於內側賓果平台 1200下方的未圖示之球歸來路徑。 (遊玩場域的構造） 圖7係抽出遊玩場域5 00及其周邊部的構造之部份立 體圖。 -32- 200911347 圖8(a)及（b)係用以說明遊玩場域5 00的推擠部51〇 之來回運動的說明圖。 如上述般’遊玩場域500係由作爲載置台之主台盤 501、作爲可滑動地載置於主台盤501上之推頂構件的推 擠部5 1 0所構成。推擠部5 1 0係以出入設置於顯示部700 之顯示器70 1下方的收納部420之方式，前後滑動運動於 主台盤501上。再者，圖8(a)係推擠部510進入收納部 7 2 0內最深時的俯視圖，圖8 (b )係推擠部5 1 0從收納部 720最突出時的俯視圖。 於作爲推擠部5 1 0之上面的副台盤5 1 1係如前述般， 抵接顯示部7 〇 0的框體構件7 1 0。所以，貯留於身爲推擠 部5 1 0之上面的副台盤5 1 1之代幣Μ或IC代幣Μ ’ ，係 在推擠部510往進入收納部"720之方向移動時（於圖8中 參考（b)— (a)) ’藉由框體構件7 1 0在副台盤5 1 1上往傾斜 台盤512方向推進，副台盤511上的代幣μ或1C代幣 Μ ’整體係朝向傾斜台盤5 1 2之方向流動。其結果，存在 於傾斜台盤5 1 2附近之副台盤5 1 1上的一部份之代幣Μ 或1C代幣Μ’會往傾斜台盤512落下。再者，落下之代 幣Μ或1C代幣Μ’中一部份係進入設置於傾斜台盤5 i 2 之卡盤5 1 5 - 1、5 1 5 — 2、5 1 5 - 3之任一，剩下係落下至 主台盤5 0 1。又，於推擠部5 1 0滑動之範圍的兩邊側係設 置有落下防止壁521，防止代幣Μ或1C代幣M’從副台 盤5 1 1之邊側落下。 又，推擠部5 1 0係無間隙地載置於主台盤5 0 1上。再 -33- 200911347 者，載此所謂「無間隙」係指不存在代幣Μ或1C代幣 Μ’之寬度以上之間隙。所以，貯留於主台盤50 1上的代 幣Μ或1C代幣Μ’係在推擠部510往從收納部720釋出 之方向移動時（於圖8中參考（a) —(b))，藉由推擠部510前 面的推進壁513在主台盤501上往前端501a方向推進， 主台盤501上的代幣Μ或1C代幣M’整體係朝向前端 5〇la之方向流動。其結果，存在於前端501a附近之主台 盤501上的一部份之代幣Μ或1C代幣M’會從前端501a 落下至代幣落下溝。又，藉由此時的代幣]VI或1C代幣 M’之流動，存在於主台盤501之兩旁端（邊側端501b)附 近的主台盤501上之一部份的代幣Μ或1C代幣M’係有 可能從邊側端5 0 1 b落下。再者，從邊側端5 0 1 b落下之代 幣Μ或1C代幣M’係貯留於遊戲站部ST內部之所定貯 留部。 又，從前端501a落下之代幣Μ或1C代幣Μ，係如 圖7所示’被設置在前端501a下方（亦即，代幣落下溝內） 之代幣承受部1〇〇1接收。代幣承受部1001係連接於具備 代幣分類部之代幣搬送路徑1 002。又，代幣承受部1〇〇1 係朝與代幣搬送路徑1 〇〇2之連結部份傾斜。爲此，被代 幣承受部1 〇 〇 1接收之代幣Μ或IC代幣Μ ’係流入至代 幣搬送路徑1〇02。又，代幣搬送路徑1002係朝向代幣支 付機構之第3抬升斗1 020的貯留部1 02丨傾斜。再者，於 代幣承受部1 00 1與代幣搬送路徑1 002之連結部份係設置 有用以塞止後述之球Β 1、Β 2的分別棒1 〇 1 〇，以球β 1、 -34- 200911347 B2不會被搬送至代幣搬送路徑ι〇〇2的代幣搬送方向下游 之方式來構成。 圖9係揭示設置於代幣搬送路徑ι〇〇2之代幣分類部 之構造的俯視圖。 代幣分類部係藉由設置於代幣搬送路徑1002之底面 的分類孔1 0 0 3所構成。該分類孔1 0 〇 3的寬度（對於代幣 搬送方向直交之方向的長度）係小於代幣Μ的直徑，且大 於1C代幣Μ ’的直徑。所以，代幣μ係在使代幣搬送路 徑1002之底面抵接其代幣面而滑落地被搬送來時，並不 會落下分類孔1003’而通過其分類孔1〇〇3，被搬送至第 3抬升斗1 0 2 0之貯留部1 〇 2 1。另一方面，直徑小於代幣 Μ的1C代幣Μ’係在使代幣搬送路徑1 002之底面抵接其 代幣面而滑落地被搬送來時，落入分類孔1 〇〇3。於分類 孔1003的下方係配置有往第4抬升斗1〇50之貯留部 1 0 5 1傾斜的I C代幣搬送路徑1 〇 〇 4。因此，落下至分類孔 1003的1C代幣Μ’係被搬送至第4抬升斗1〇50之貯留 部 1 0 5 1。 於第3抬升斗1 〇 2 0之貯留部1 0 2 1的入口係設置有後 述之代幣計數器1 006。該代幣計數器1〇〇6係計算從代幣 搬送路徑1 002投入至貯留部1021的代幣μ的枚數。藉 由代幣計數器1 006計算之代幣Μ的枚數係通知至圖3之 控制部6 0 0。控制部6 0 0係利用依據被通知之代幣枚數來 驅動第3抬升斗1 〇 2 0，將該枚數份的代幣Μ從代幣支付 部1 03 0支付至代幣投入機構1〇〇之貯留面101。 -35- 200911347 第3抬升斗1〇2〇係具有斗驅動部1 022與抬升部 1 0 2 3，依據來自於控制部6 0 0的控制，利用斗驅動部 1 022動作，而支付之代幣Μ係從設置於抬升部1 023之端 部的代幣支付部1 03 0被支付。在本實施形態1，包含第3 抬升斗1 0 2 0及代幣支付部1 〇 3 0的代幣支付機構，係作爲 以代幣Μ從主台盤501之前端501a落下至代幣落下溝爲 條件’將代幣Μ支付給玩家的通常有體物支付手段而作 用。 第4抬升斗1〇50的基本構造係與第3抬升斗1 020的 構造相同。但是，第4抬升斗1 05 0係於第4抬升斗1050 的抬升部1 05 3，設置有將從控制部600命令之電子資料 寫入至排出之1C代幣的1C晶片之作爲資料寫入手段的 1C寫入器1054之處，不同於第3抬升斗1020的構造。 又’於1C代幣搬送路徑1 004的底面係設置有作爲資 料讀取手段的1C讀取器1 005。1C讀取器1 005係讀取出 通過之1C代幣Μ’的1C晶片所記憶之電子資料。1C讀 取器1 00 5係將從1C代幣Μ’的1C晶片讀取出之代幣價 値資料，發送至圖3之控制部6 0 0。控制部6 0 0係依據接 收之代幣價値資料，控制第4抬升斗1 0 5 0。如具體說 明，對於抬升部1 053內之1C代幣Μ’的1C晶片，使用 1C寫入器1 054寫入與從1C讀取器1 00 5接收之代幣價値 資料相同的代幣價値資料。被寫入之IC代幣Μ ’係之後 經由抬升部1 〇 5 3，從代幣支付部1 〇 3 0被支付至代幣投入 機構1 〇 〇之貯留面1 〇 1。亦即，於本實施形態1中，在所 -36- 200911347 謂推幣遊戲之通常遊戲中，在達成1C代幣μ，落下代幣 落下溝之特殊有體物支付條件時，1C代幣Μ’會被支付 給玩家。 再者，在此，已針對1C代幣Μ’從主台盤501之前 端5 Ola落下至代幣落下溝是ic代幣μ’的支付條件（特 殊有體物支付條件）之狀況加以說明，但是並不限定於 此。例如，將從主台盤5 0 1上在所定期間內落下所定枚數 的代幣Μ作爲1C代幣M’的支付條件（特殊有體物支付 條件）亦可。在如此條件之狀況，並不一定需要將1C代幣 Μ’排出至主台盤50 1上之手段，所以，不需要上述之第 2抬升斗350。再者，此時，於主台盤501上係不存在有 1C代幣Μ’ ，僅堆積通常代幣Μ。 於本實施形態1中，於主台盤5 0 1上係亦存在有從附 屬設備抽選裝置1 000的球載具1 52 0供給之球Bl、Β2。 該球Bl、Β2係伴隨推擠部510之來回運動所致之代幣Μ 或1C代幣Μ’的流向，移動在主台盤501上之後，從前 端501a落下至代幣落下溝。在前端501a之下方（亦即， 代幣落下溝內）係如上述般，設置有球搬送路徑1 040。該 球搬送路徑1 040係具有僅接收落下之球B 1、B2，使代幣 Μ或1C代幣M，通過之球承受部1〇41、將以球承受部 1 04 1接收之球在達成所定條件爲止予以停止的球停止部 1 〇 4 2、及球排出口 1 〇 4 3。所以，以球承受部1 0 4 1接收之 球Bl、Β2係藉由球停止部1042停止至所定時機爲止之 後’從球排出口 1 0 4 3排出。藉此’球Β 1、Β 2係安置在 -37- 200911347 待機於球排出口 1 043之球搬運部1910(參考圖2)。再 者，圖2之遊戲站部ST與圖3或圖7之遊戲站部ST係 雖然因方便說明爲左右反轉，但是構造相同。 又，於主台盤5 01係如圖7所示，設置有用以控制代 幣Μ及1C代幣M’以及球1及B2之流向的引導部 53 0R、53 0L。又，於主台盤501下方係設置有使該引導 部530R、5 30L相對於主台盤501上下動作之引導部移動 機構540。引導部5 3 0R、5 3 0L係分別具有用以控制球 B 1、B2之流向的球引導板53 1、用以控制代幣Μ或1C代 幣Μ’之流向的代幣引導板5 3 3、及用以支持球引導板 5 3 1與代幣引導板5 3 3的支持部5 3 4。又，球引導板5 3 1 及代幣引導板5 3 3係以在兩者之間形成所定形狀的通過口 532之方式，藉由支持部534支持於上下。 使引導部5 3 0R、5 3 0L移動至下限位置之狀況，則引 導部5 3 0R、5 3 0L之代幣引導板5 3 3上端係位於與主台盤 501上面相同或是其以下之位置。即，使引導部530R、 5 3 0L移動至下限位置之狀況，代幣引導板5 3 3係收納在 主台盤5 0 1下方。但是，即使在該狀況，代幣引導板5 3 3 與球引導板5 3 1之間的通過口 5 3 2整體係並不會被封塞。 在如此代幣引導板5 3 3退避至主台盤5 0 1下方之狀態，因 爲並不會因代幣引導板533妨礙到主台盤501上之代幣Μ 及1C代幣Μ’的流向，故代幣Μ或1C代幣Μ，可通過 通過口 53 2而流動至自由方向。亦即，代幣Μ及1C代幣 Μ’係可流動至主台盤501之邊側端501b側。其結果， -38- 200911347 從邊側端501b落下之代幣Μ或1C代幣Μ’ ，係例如相 較於使引導部5 3 0R、5 3 0L移動至上限位置之狀況，存在 較多。但是，支持部5 34所致之代幣Μ及1C代幣M’的 流向之妨礙係爲了說明圖的簡略化而無視。又，即使在使 引導部5 3 0R、53 0L移動至下限位置之狀況，球引導板 531係因爲突出於主台盤501，故球Bl、Β2係藉由球引 導板5 3 1而限制流向。亦即，球Β1及Β2係以不從主台 盤501之邊側端501b落下的方式，被引導至前端501a的 方向。 另一方面，在使引導部5 3 0R、53 0L移動至上限位置 之狀況，引導部530R、5 30L的代幣引導板5 3 3之上端係 在突出於主台盤501上的狀態下，因爲代幣引導板53 3而 妨礙了主台盤5 01上的代幣Μ及1C代幣M’之流向，故 代幣Μ及1C代幣Μ’之流向被限制爲往前端501a之方 向。其結果，可使從邊側端501b落下之代幣Μ及1C代 幣Μ’ ，例如相較於使引導部5 3 OR、5 3 0L移動至下限位 置之狀況，較爲減少。但是，支持部5 34所致之代幣Μ 及1C代幣Μ’的流向之妨礙係爲了說明圖的簡略化而無 視。又，即使在使引導部5 3 0R、53 0L移動至上限位置之 狀況，球引導板5 3 1係因爲突出於主台盤5 0 1 ’故球Β 1、 B2係藉由球引導板531而被限制流向。亦即，球B1及 B2係以不從主台盤501之邊側端501b落下的方式，被引 導至前端501a的方向。200911347 IX. OBJECT OF THE INVENTION [Technical Field] The present invention relates to a game device that shifts to a special control mode different from the normal control mode when a predetermined special control mode transition condition is reached in a game in a normal control mode operation And the game system. Further, the present invention relates to a game system comprising a plurality of game devices each having an independent game control means for controlling the independent game. [Prior Art] For the purpose of eliminating the monotony of the game caused by the same game situation, the business game device is prepared to have a special control mode that is shifted by the predetermined special control mode transition condition in the normal control mode. For example, in the Pachinko and the Pachinko machine, special features such as a bonus game that is transferred to achieve a special control mode transition condition for obtaining a specific prize in the normal control mode are prepared. Control mode. Further, even in a casino game machine installed in a game center or the like, the same special control mode is prepared. On the other hand, in the conventional business game device, a game machine having an IC token (special object) having a memory unit for storing electronic data is known (Patent Document 1). When the game machine is put into the 1C token, the electronic data of the IC chip stored in the IC token is read by the game machine, and the read electronic data is used to perform various setting processing, or the IC token is valid. Judgment of the term. 。 。 。 。 。 。 。 。 。 。 。 。 。 。 。 。 。 。 。 。 。 。 。 。 。 。 。 。 。 。 。 。 。 。 。 。 。 。 。 。 。 。 。 。 。 。 。 。 。 。 。 The play that can be played in the special control mode is generally limited to the state of the game in which the player continues to reach the predetermined special control mode transition condition for his game device. That is, the player who has reached the specified special control mode transition condition does not perform the play in the special control mode, and after stopping the play of the game device, usually, the player re-achieves the specified special control mode if he does not play again in his game device. With the transition condition, it is impossible to play in the special control mode. This is for the following reasons. That is, in the conventional game device, generally, when the predetermined special control mode transition condition is reached, a process of erecting a flag indicating that the condition is fulfilled is performed, and the flag is transferred to the special control as long as the flag is erected. mode. Here, in the business game device, when a player stops playing on the game device, other players play on the game device. To this end, the player who has reached the specified special control mode transition condition stops playing after the game device is played, and if other players play the game in their game device, according to the flag, if the game in the special control mode is played, the flag is erected. The original player will not be able to play the game in special control mode on their game device. Further, in the game system, in general, a plurality of game devices constituting the game system are mixed with different types of games, and the player can enjoy various types of games from -5 to 200911347. For example, in a game facility such as a game center or a Pachinko store, in order to allow players to enjoy various types of games, not all of the same models are arranged, but various models are arranged, and the game system is constituted by the models. In the conventional game facility, as described above, the player configures various configurations to allow the player to enjoy various types of games to convey the fun of the game facility to his players. However, it is not possible to fully convey the fun of the game facility to the player alone, and it is not possible to fully promote the effect of coming back again. The present invention has been made in view of the above inventors, and a first object is to provide a player who has reached a predetermined special control mode transition condition for playing in a special control mode, and stops directly in the game even if he does not play the game in the special control mode. After the game is played, it is no longer necessary for the game device to reach the game device and the game system of the game in the special control mode by achieving the special control mode transition condition again. Further, the second object is to provide a game system in which a game system including a plurality of game devices configured to execute mutually independent games is provided, and a game system that promotes a visit to the game facility can be obtained. [Means for Solving the Problem] In order to achieve the above-described first object, the invention of claim 1 is a game device characterized in that: the body receiving means 'receives a normal body object and usually has a special body with different body; game-6-200911347 control means 'controls the progress of the game; and control mode switching means, switching the control mode of the game control means between the normal control mode and the special control mode; The control mode switching means is a special control mode transition condition in which the specific body object obtained by the body object receiving means is used as a special control mode transition condition, and when the special control mode transition condition is reached, the game control means is controlled from the normal control mode. Mode, switch to the aforementioned special control mode. Further, the invention of claim 2 is the game device according to the first aspect of the invention, characterized in that: the special physical object payment means is configured to achieve a specific special when the game control means operates in the normal control mode. When there is a physical payment condition, the aforementioned special physical object is paid to the player. The invention of claim 3 is the game device according to the first aspect of the invention, wherein the object receiving means receives a normal body object having a memory portion not having a memory electronic data, and is provided with A special body object that remembers the memory of electronic data. Further, the invention of claim 4 is the game device according to the third aspect of the invention, wherein the data reading means reads the electronic data stored in the memory portion of the special object. Further, the invention of claim 5 is the game device according to the third aspect of the invention, characterized in that the data writing means is for writing the predetermined electronic material to the memory portion of the special object. Further, the invention of claim 6 is in the game device of the third aspect of the patent application, and has a data reading means for reading the 200911347 memory access means. In addition, 1, 2, and 3, the field body is formed with body objects for play, and has the first range of the plural range, the seventh range of the plural range, and the first two items of the eighth item. The item contains the first two electronic materials for the purpose of being a memory part of the aforementioned special physical object; and the data writing system writes the specified electronic data to the above-mentioned special physical object. The invention is the game device of claim 4, 5 or 6, wherein the "playing means" is a play field that the player can visually view; and the special payment means is paid via the play field. The aforementioned special family. The invention of claim 8 is a game system, which is a game device, characterized in that each game device is a game device described in Patent No. 2, 3, 4, 5 or 。. The invention of claim 9 is a game system, and the game device is characterized in that each game device is a game device described in the patent application. The invention of the first aspect of the invention is the game system described in the scope of the patent application, wherein the plurality of game devices are characterized in that the plurality of game devices of the special control mode transition conditions are different in weight. The invention of claim 11 is in the game system of the patent application scope. In the above-described plural game device, the game device having the above-described quantitative differences of the special control mode transition conditions is described. In the second aspect of the invention, the game system of claim i of the patent scope is a game system comprising a plurality of games -8-200911347 that execute mutually independent games, wherein the plurality of game devices are (1) A game device has a means for receiving a physical object, and is usually subjected to a physical object; in general, a game control means performs an ordinary game execution program by using a computer by receiving a usual body object by the usual physical object receiving means. In order to control the progress of the normal game; and the special physical payment means, when the normal game reaches the specified special physical payment condition, the special physical object different from the normal physical object is paid to the player; The second game device different from the first game device in the plurality of game devices includes: a special body object receiving means that receives a special body object different from the normal body object; usually, the game control means is a computer Execute the usual game execution program to control the progress of the normal game; and special game control means, the special body The special physical object that is taken by the receiving means is used as a special game permission condition, and by executing the special game permission condition, the execution program of the special game different from the execution program of the normal game is executed by the computer, thereby controlling and Usually the game has a different special game. Further, the invention of claim 13 is the game system of claim 12, wherein the second game device has a body receiving means, and receives the normal body; The normal game control means of the second game device controls the player of the normal game by receiving the normal body object by the normal body object receiving means. Further, the invention of claim 14 is in the game system described in claim 12, wherein the conventional body receiving means receives a normal body having a memory portion not having a memory electronic data. -9- 200911347; the above-mentioned special physical objects are obtained by taking special objects with memory of electronic data. Further, the invention of claim 15 is in the game system described in claim 14, wherein the second game device has. The data reading means reads the electronic material stored in the memory portion of the special object. Further, the invention of claim 16 is the game system of claim 14, wherein the second game device has a data writing means for writing the predetermined electronic material to the special The memory of the body. Further, the invention of claim 7 is the game system of claim 14, wherein the second game device has a data reading means for reading the special body of the above-mentioned special body. The electronic data of the memory department of the object; and the means for writing the data, the written electronic data is written into the memory portion of the special body object. In the game system according to any one of the above-mentioned claims, the first game device includes: a play field forming means, The game field is formed by the player: the special physical payment means is to pay the player to the player through the aforementioned play field. Further, the invention of claim 19 is the game system of any one of the above-mentioned claims, wherein the plurality of game devices include the aforementioned special game permission. Two or more of the aforementioned second game devices having different amounts of the above-described conditions are used. -10-200911347 Further, the invention of claim 20 is in the game system described in claim 18, in the above-mentioned plural game device, the aforementioned quantitative mutual inclusion conditions including the special game permission conditions are included. Two or more of the aforementioned second game devices are different. Here, the "special body" is only required to be recognized by the game device as usual. Therefore, as a "special body", it is possible to have a different appearance from a normal body, and even if the appearance is the same, but the material and structure are different, or the appearance is the same or different, usually there are bodies and special objects. When any one has a memory unit, the memory content is different. In addition, the "special game" is a program for executing a special game different from the normal game execution program used when the normal game control means controls the normal game, and the special game control means is used to control the player. . Therefore, "special game" and "normal game" are independent games when the execution programs of different systems are controlled by computer execution. Therefore, when the normal game execution program is executed and the normal game is controlled, the game system whose content is changed under the execution program is not the "special game" but the previous normal game. [Effect of the Invention] In the present invention, the play in the special control mode is allowed to be conditional on the specific physical object paid by the player (special control mode transfer condition). Therefore, when the player obtains the above-mentioned quantitative part of the special body in a certain way, the player pays the special part of the Quantitative Part to the game device, and can play the game in special control. Mode of the game. Here, according to the present invention, the judgment object for judging whether or not the special control mode transition condition for playing the game in the special control mode is reached is a special physical object that is paid to the player and the player holder. Therefore, as long as the player obtains the quantitative specific object and reaches the condition for playing the game in the special control mode, for example, even if the game is played without playing in the special control mode, the game is stopped immediately. The player can also play the game in the special control mode by delivering the quantitative special object that he has already possessed to the game device while the game device is playing again. Further, in the present invention, in order to play the special game in the second game device, the special object to be paid to the player in the normal game of the first game device is delivered to the player. The second game device is conditional. Therefore, when the player receives the special physical object payment by obtaining the special physical object payment condition in the usual game, the player obtains the special body of the quantitative part. The object is delivered to the game device, and the special game of the second game device can be played. That is, it is necessary to obtain the above-mentioned quantitative portion of the special body for the special game for playing the second game device. As a result, the player can be given the so-called first use of a normal game in which the first game device is usually used to obtain a certain amount of the special object. When a certain amount of the special body is obtained, the player is used. The special game that comes to play the second game device covers the new fun of the plural game device. According to the present invention, the result of the above-mentioned new fun is given to the player who has set up the game facility of the game system, and the high effect of promoting the player to come again can be obtained. [Embodiment] [Embodiment 1] Hereinafter, an embodiment of the present invention applied to a push-to-play game machine as a game system (hereinafter referred to as "Embodiment 1" in the present embodiment) will be described with reference to the drawings. Furthermore, the drawings are merely illustrative of the shape, size, and positional relationship of the present invention, and the present invention is not limited to the shapes, sizes, and positional relationships illustrated in the drawings. Further, in each of the drawings, a part of the hatching of the cross section is omitted in order to clarify the structure. (Overall Structure) Fig. 1 is a perspective view showing a part of the appearance of the pusher game machine 1 according to the first embodiment. The pusher game machine 1 is provided with four accessory devices SA so as to surround the center lottery device 2000 which is the second game device. Each of the accessory devices SA is provided with four game station units ST as the first game device as the push-pull game machine, and each player performs the game play by each of the game station units ST. Further, each of the accessory device units SA includes one accessory drawing device 1000 as a physical drawing means, and each of the game station units ST is arranged side by side around the accessory device selecting device 100. -13-200911347 (Structure of Game Station Unit ST) Fig. 2 is an explanatory diagram for explaining the configuration of the game station unit ST of the pusher game machine 1. Fig. 3 is an explanatory diagram for explaining the internal structure of the game station unit SET. As shown in FIG. 3, the game station unit ST has a token input mechanism (a means for receiving a physical object, a means for receiving a physical object, and a means for receiving a specific object) 1 〇〇, a token transfer path 200, and a 1 lift bucket 3 00, second lift bucket 350, token discharge path 400, play field 500, control unit 600, display unit 700, and housing 800. The casing 800 is a structure that becomes a skeleton of the station portion ST. In the frame 8 〇 ,, configure the token input mechanism on the upper and front sides! In the upper part, the display unit 700 is displayed as a display means, and the play field 5 00 is placed in the upper center. Further, the inside of the casing 800 houses a token transfer path 2〇〇, a first lift bucket 300 as a normal token discharge mechanism, a second lift bucket 350 as a special token discharge mechanism, and a control unit 60. 0 and so on. Here, the term "before the front side" represents the side on which the player plays the game, and the term "deep side" means the opposite side to the side on which the player is playing the game. The so-called "central" system represents the aforementioned "before" The area between the side and the "deep side". The token input mechanism 1 is a structure for inputting a normal token (hereinafter simply referred to as "token") which is a normal body of a game medium to the push-pull game machine 1 when the player plays a game. . The tokens input from the token loading mechanism are transported to the first lift bucket 300 via the token transfer path 200, and are temporarily stored in the first lift bucket 300. Token -14- 200911347 The transport path 200 and the third lift bucket 3 (10) are disposed in the casing 800 as described above. Further, the token transfer route 20 is configured to transfer the token input mechanism 1000 and the first lift bucket 300 mechanically and physically to the token transfer from the token input institution 1 to The function of the first lift bucket 300. The first lift hopper 3 00 has a normal token storage unit 301 for storing a conventional token storage container for the token 、, and a lifting portion 3 20 for raising the token 至 to a predetermined height. The normal token discharge portion 33 of the raised token is discharged by the timer. Further, at the discharge port of the normal token discharge unit 333, a token discharge path 400 for guiding the discharged token to the play field 5 00 can be provided to be shaken left and right. The upper end of the lift portion 320 is disposed above the play field 500. Therefore, the normal token discharge portion 330 provided at the upper end of the lift portion 3 20 is also disposed above the play field 500. Therefore, the tokens temporarily accumulated in the normal token storage portion 3 10 disposed under the play field 500 are lifted up to above the play field 500 by the lift portion 320, and are then discharged from the usual token discharge portion. 3 3 0 is emitted to the play field 5 0 0 via the token discharge path 400. The second lift bucket 350 has a 1C token storage unit 360 as a special token storage container for storing a special token (hereinafter referred to as "1C token") as a special object of the game medium. A lifting portion 3 70 for raising the 1C token Μ' to a predetermined height, and a 1C token discharging portion 380 for discharging the raised 1C token 以' at the timing machine. Further, the 'discharge port of the 1C token discharge unit 380' can be set to the left and right to sway to the -15-200911347 discharged ic token Μ' to the token discharge path 45 0 of the play field 5 00. ° The upper end of the token discharge path 307 is placed above the play field 5 00. Therefore, the IC token discharge unit 380 provided at the upper end of the lift portion 370 is also disposed above the play field 5 0 0. Therefore, the 1C token Μ' temporarily accumulated in the 1C token storage portion 3 60 disposed under the play field 500 is raised by the lift portion 3 70 to be higher than the play field 500. The IC token discharge unit 380 is emitted to the play field 5 00 via the token discharge path 45 0 . In the play field 5 00, a main table 501 as a token loading platform for storing a token of a body object, and a pusher as a token ejector member placed on the main table 501 are provided. Department 5 1 0. The pushing portion 510 has a slanting table 5 1 2 on which the top of the token Μ is stored (this is referred to as the sub-disc 5 1 1 ), and the token that has fallen from the sub-disc 5 1 1 The pusher wall 513 of the token stored in the main tray 501 is pushed. Further, the pushing portion 510 is slidably provided on the main table 501 of the play field 500, and is slidably moved at a constant cycle or an arbitrary cycle under the control of the control unit 600 as a game control means. A part (deep side) of the pushing portion 510 is accommodated in a housing portion 720, which will be described later, provided below the display portion 700. The pushing portion 510 is slid in such a manner as to enter and exit from the accommodating portion 720, and moves back and forth. The sub-chassis 5 1 1 slidably abuts against the frame member 7 1 0 of the display 70 1 of the display unit 700. Therefore, when the pushing portion 510 moves in the accommodating direction of the accommodating portion 720, the token 上 on the sub-platter 511 is pushed by the frame member 710. With this advancement, a portion of the token Μ -16- 200911347 on the sub-disc 51 1 1 will fall to the tilting table 5 1 2 . A portion of the token that has fallen from the sub-disc 51 1 enters an opening portion of the slanting tray 5 1 2 as a token passage (this is called a chuck 5 1 5 - 1, 5 1 5 — 2,5 1 5 — 3). Further, the remaining tokens are directly dropped onto the main tray 501 and stored in the main tray 501. The tokens on the main pallet 501 are the same as the tokens on the sub-platforms 51, and are advanced by the sliding motion of the pushing portion 510. In other words, the pushing portion 5 1 0 is placed on the main table 510 without a gap. Therefore, when the pushing portion 5 10 moves from the accommodating portion 72 0 to the carrying-out direction, the front portion of the pushing portion 510 is moved. The pusher wall 513 advances the token on the main pallet 501. With this advancement, a portion of the tokens on the main deck 501 will fall. In the falling tokens, the tokens that are dropped from the player's side (this is called the front end 5 01 a, refer to Figure 2) are paid to the player, while other tokens, for example, from the main pallet 5 0 1 The tokens that are dropped on both sides (referred to as the side end 501b) are stored in a predetermined storage portion in the game station unit ST (for example, stored in the normal token storage portion 310). Further, in addition to the above configuration, as shown in Fig. 3, the game station unit ST of the first embodiment includes a token movement simulation performance unit 900. The token movement simulation performance unit 900 has a plurality of light-emitting units (LED 920, which will be described later) arranged in the vicinity of the token insertion unit 3 30 from the vicinity of the token input unit 1 如, as will be described later, by causing the light-emitting units to be The token input mechanism 1 往 side to the usual token discharge department 3 3 0 sequentially lighting, to simulate the performance of the performance into the token input mechanism 1 〇〇 Μ Μ 。 move. At this time, the path of the actual movement of the token is not the same as the path simulated by the performance, or it is not close. -17- 200911347 And the tokens that are invested from the token-investing institution 1 暂时 暂时 are temporarily held in the first token bucket 3 〇 〇 代 代 3 3 3 。 。 。 。 。 In the normal token discharge unit 330 of the first lift 30, the token stored in the normal token storage unit is lifted up by the lift unit 320 and placed in advance. When the 代 投入 投入 投入 代 代 代 第 第 第 第 第 第 第 第 第 第 第 第 第 第 第 第 第 第 第 第 第 第 第 第 第 第 第 第 第 第 第 第 第 第 第 第 第 第 第 第. Thus, in the present embodiment, the tokens invested by the player are different from those actually put into the casino field 500. Further, when the token mobile simulation performance unit 900 is put into the input mechanism 100, the LEDs 920 are arranged from the token input mechanism 100 side to the usual token row 3 3 0 in accordance with the control from the control unit 600. Light up. At this time, the timing of lighting the LED 920 near the normal token discharge unit 3 3 and the timing of discharging the coin from the normal token discharge unit 3 3 0 by the control can be input to the simulation by the token movement simulation performance unit 900. The tokens are invested in the 1 000 currency. On the other hand, in the 1C token row 3 80 of the second lift hopper 350, the 1C token Μ' stored in the 1C token storage unit 360 is lifted and placed in advance. The 1C token dispensing unit 380 will place the 1C token Μ' in advance to the play field 500 from the control from the control unit 600. That is, in the first embodiment, the tokens of the tokens in the memory portion in which the electronic data is not stored and the tokens in the memory portion having the memory portion having the memory electronic data are mixed in the game 500. Μ ' . Storage lift 3 10 Tokens from 330 1 > Token tokens have been discharged from the Ministry of Deputy. The performance department is usually attached to the field. The special field is usually -18- 200911347. In this embodiment, 1 in 1C token M 'The 1C chip is stocked with price information. The so-called token price data is information indicating the relative price of the price itself. In the first embodiment, the 1C token M' has information corresponding to the number of coins of the normal token. Furthermore, the so-called "relative price 相对 relative to the predetermined benchmark price" is expressed in terms of a number, representing the relative enthalpy relative to the pre-determined quasi-price. The so-called "token price" refers to the conversion of the regular currency. The currency price is 1 〇 ic Μ ‘ has a token price of 1 通常 of the usual token. In addition, in Form 1, the memory is in the IC token, and the token price is either "10", "30" or "5". Therefore, there are 1C tokens that are quite regular tokens, 1C tokens equivalent to the usual tokens 30, and 1C generations of 3 types of 1C tokens equivalent to 50 tokens. Currency, but not limited to this. Further, in the first embodiment, the 1C token is formed to be smaller than the token, and the appearance and color on the token surface are different from those of the token, and the appearance is different from the token. Therefore, the player can visually recognize and mix the tokens and 1C Μ' existing in the play field 500. However, in the first embodiment, the 1C tokens are all different in appearance and the electronic data stored in the 1C chip cannot be recognized by the appearance. Furthermore, it is also possible to distinguish and distinguish in appearance by the difference in electrons stored in the 1C chip. As in the first embodiment, by using the difference in appearance and recognizing the token 1C token Μ', for the player, the base of the generation of the tokens that are present in the play field domain definition table can be promoted. Through the Μ Μ, 寸 代 代 代 代 代 代 代 代 代 代 代 代 代 代 代 代 代 代 代 代 代 代 代 代 代 代 代 代 代 代 代 代 代 代 代 代 代 代 代 代 代 代 代 代 代 代 代 代 代 代 代Improve gameplay. Furthermore, the tokens are identical in appearance to the IC generation M', so that the player cannot distinguish between the appearance and the currency and the 1C token M'. At this time, it is possible to provide a gameplay that cannot be mentioned in the case where the player can distinguish and recognize the token and the 1C token. In the 1C chip of the 1C token Μ' of the first embodiment, the shop ID unique to the shop using the 1C token Μ' is used. By this, it is possible to prevent the 1C generation M' of other stores that are prohibited from being used in the store from being improperly used. Further, in the 1C chip of the 1C token M' of the first embodiment, the expiration date information for specifying the expiration date of the Ic token ’ ' is used to manage the expiration date of the 1C token Μ'. Further, in the 1C chip of the 1C token Μ' of the first embodiment, the game station ID as the specific information for the game station unit ST for paying the 1C token Μ' is specified. When the game station ID is used to memorize the chip and the 1C token M' is input, in the game station unit ST and the central selection device 2000, it can be specified from which game station ST is paid by the payee (payment source) ). In this way, for example, the game station unit ST and the central lottery device 2000 that have invested the 1C coin M' can determine whether the game station unit ST is paid by the 1C token M', and determine the 1C token. Whether M' is a variety of controls such as appropriate. Further, the 1C chip of the 1C token M' can memorize the token ID unique to each 1C token. At this time, the money can be stored on the game device side or on the store side, and the data can be memorized in such a way as to store the various materials in a manner corresponding to the token IDs. Such a management method is superior to the protection of improper data tampering in comparison with the status of each 1C token M' term data. Further, even if the 1C token M' is not entered, the operation policy of the soft-corresponding store side for each IC token ’ ' corresponding to the expiration date data can be performed. That is, even if the 1C is handed over to the player, the information of the 1C token can be changed, and when the player pays the 1C token, and then the expiration date of the IC token ’ ', it is also easy to respond. In addition, the electrons of the 1C chip that are stored in the 1C token 限定' are limited to those exemplified in the first embodiment, and the electronic data game station unit s such as the use method of the Μ Μ can be memorized. As shown in Fig. 2, the mechanism 1880 is put into at least one side. The ball input mechanism 1 8 00 is used to put the ball Β 1 and Β 2 of the spherical object of the rear shaped object into the play field, and has a ball input ramp 180 1 and a ball input position drawing machine; Bl and Β2 are used to execute a bingo game to be described later. The ball input ramp 1 80 1 is used to guide the ball Bl, Β2, which is input from the later description 1520, to the ball input position drawing ί by gravity. So 'for the slope that slopes down. Further, the ball input mechanism 1810 is a structure for selecting the positions of the play fields to be put into the balls 1 and 2. Thus, the ball Β 1 and Β 2 ′ from the ball carrier 1 520 to the station S 后 后 有效 有效 有效 有效 有效 有效 有效 有效 有效 有效 有效 有效 有效 有效 有效 有效 有效 有效 有效 有效 有效 有效 有效 有效 有效 有效 有效 有效 有效 有效 有效 有效 有效 有效 有效 Point, there is a comparison: line access, 'change, so token Μ' expiration date to change its data is not 1C token 〇 side has a ball as a 500 groove 1 8 1 0. Draw the ball carrier of the object. 1 8 1 0 position selection field 5 00 up to the game and ball input -21 - 200911347 The position selection mechanism 1 8 1 0 is put into the play field 5 00. Further, as shown in Fig. 2, the game station unit S has a ball transport mechanism 1900 at least on one side. The ball transport mechanism 1 900 is configured to transport the ball B1, Β 2 to the accessory device 1000 when the ball cymbal 2 is dropped from the main table 501 of the play field 500 to the drop groove provided in the heel. The structure includes a ball transport path 1040, a ball transfer 1910, and a ball transport unit travel ramp 1901 which will be described later. The ball transport path 1 040 is below the front end 501a, and the balls B1 and Β2 dropped from the front end 501a to the ball transport unit 1910. The ball transporting unit 1 9 1 0 is a structure for transporting the balls B1 and B2 received via the ball path 104 0 to the attached device and selecting 1,000, and follows the control of the control unit 600 to travel on the ball moving ramp 1901. . Further, the balls B1 and B2 transported to the accessory drawing device are delivered to a ball carrier 1520 (see Fig. 6) which will be described later. Further, as shown in FIG. 2, the game station unit ST includes a third lift hopper 1 020 as a means for receiving a physical object, and a fourth lift hopper 1 050 and a token payout unit 1 03 0 as special means of payment. The token agency, which uses the token payment agency to drive the token, and the token coin or IC token Μ from the front end of the 5 1 1 代 有 'has the same token price 値 token 1 or 1C token Μ ' It is discharged to the token input institution 1 〇〇1 1 1 . Further, in the display unit 700 of the station portion ST, a game screen of a game of a push-pull game such as a guest game and a digital drawing game (Slots Game) is displayed. In the push-pull game machine 1 as described later, in addition to the push-pull game, the display unit 700 displays the corner-side device 1 as shown in Fig. 1, and the front-side pick-up portion sets the guide transport device 1000. In addition to the old -22-200911347, when the tiger performs the slot game with the game screen, the display unit 700 displays the bingo game screen as shown in FIG. 5 and executes the bingo game. . The slot machine game is a digital lottery game in which the control unit 600 of the game station unit ST as a game control means performs digital drawing. The starting condition of the slot machine game is entered in any of the chucks 515-1, 515-2, 515-3 of the tilting table 512 provided in the pushing portion 510 by the token or the 1C token M'. Start. In the display unit 700, a game screen for the slot machine shown in FIG. 4 is displayed while the bingo game to be described later is not performed, and the tokens or 1C tokens are entered into the cartridges 515-1, 515-2. When any of the 5 1 5 - 3 conditions is reached, the control unit 600 performs display control for rotating the three scorpion-shaped slot machines DS. In the digital lottery of the slot machine game, the control unit 600 executes the selected lottery program, and the generated random number determines whether to win any prize or lose the election according to the selected selection table. After that, when the winning item is determined, the control unit 600 performs display control for stopping the rotation of the three dice-like slot machines DS so that the combination of the patterns of the winning prizes is stopped and displayed on the display unit 7〇〇. In the first embodiment, as an award for digital drawing, the following items are prepared: a small award A is to supply three tokens to the play field 500; and a small prize is to supply three 1C tokens. To the play field 5 0 0; the ball is awarded for the award, the ball 1 is supplied to the play field 5 〇〇; usually the bonus award is to supply 30 tokens to the play field 5; The system will supply 30 tokens to the play field 5〇〇 at the same time 'in the subsequent digits, use the election probability to be set higher to the election -23-200911347; direct accessory equipment award, the ball B 1 directly Supply to the auxiliary equipment drawing device 1 000. The probability of being elected for each award is set in such a way as to decrease in this order. In addition, which kind of award is prepared, and each award is set as the election probability is arbitrary. For example, in the first embodiment, the control unit 600 determines whether or not to select the ball for the prize, and whether or not to supply the ball 1 by directly paying the player or the like to the player. To the digital field of the field of field 500. Then, when the ball is supplied with the prize by the digital drawing of the control unit 600, the control unit 600 outputs a ball supply command to the control unit (not shown) of the accessory device drawing device 1000. As a result, the control unit of the accessory device lottery device 1 交付 delivers the ball from the ball supply mechanism 1 300 to the ball carrier 1 520 and transports the ball carrier 1 520 along the ring ball as will be described later. The outer circumference of the path 1 500 is moved to the corresponding position of the game station portion ST to which the ball is awarded for the award. Then, the ball 1 is delivered from the ball carrier 1520 to the ball input mechanism 1800 of the game station portion S, and the ball 1 is supplied from the ball input mechanism 1 800 to the play field 5 00. Further, in the first embodiment, the ball python 2 is supplied to the play field 50 0 only when a bingo of a specific line is established on the bingo card of the bingo game as will be described later. At this time, with respect to the structure and operation of the ball supply, the ball 2 is delivered from the ball supply mechanism 1 400 different from the ball supply mechanism 1 300 to the ball carrier 1 520, which is almost the same as the case of the ball 1. In the first embodiment, the components for supplying the ball Β 1 and Β 2 to the play field 5 00 constitute a profile supply means. The bingo game is a physical drawing game by using physical sorting of the two types of balls Bl, Β2 and the accessory device-24-200911347 lottery device 1 ο ο, which is not shown by the accessory device drawing device 1000 described later. The control unit is executed by the control unit 600 of the game station unit ST. Furthermore, in the bingo game, the control unit of the accessory device lottery device 1 000 mainly controls the selection of the elected bingo number for determining the bingo game, and includes the game stations to which the accessory device unit SA of the accessory device lottery device 1000 belongs. The control unit 600 of the department ST controls the performance of the bingo game and the determination of the establishment of the bingo. In the first embodiment, the physical selection of one of the plurality of bingo numbers (selected objects) is selected from the plurality of plural bingo numbers (sampling objects) by moving the balls B1 and Β2 in the accessory device drawing device 1000. In the physical lottery of the first embodiment, one bingo number is selected from the bingo numbers of "1" to "9". Then, for example, the control unit 600 as the arrangement information generating means of the game station unit ST is individually generated in each of the game station units ST, and the bingo numbers of the "1" to "9" are arranged in a matrix of bingo cards. Arrange information. Then, the image of the bingo number of "1" to "9" (the image of the drawing object) is displayed on the display unit 700 of each game station unit ST as shown in FIG. 5 in accordance with the arrangement information. . In the first embodiment, during the period in which the bingo game is not performed, the game screen for the slot machine shown in FIG. 4 is displayed on the display unit 700, and when the physical drawing of the bingo game is started, the screen is switched to the guest shown in FIG. 5. If you use the game screen. In addition, when the physical drawing of the bingo game is over, it will return to the game screen for the slot machine again. However, the bingo card image BC is displayed on the upper part of the game screen for the slot machine as shown in FIG. . Therefore, the player can often confirm the bingo card in the ST department of the game station, and the number of bingos selected is ready to be -25-200911347. In the first embodiment, each bingo game played by each game station is normally performed independently for each game station unit ST. That is, in one game station unit ST, when the balls B1, B2 fall to the token drop groove and the physical drawing is started at the accessory device drawing device 1000, the bingo number thus elected is only at the one game station. The ST is processed as the elected bingo number, and the ST system is not treated as the elected bingo number in other game stations. However, in the first embodiment, when the predetermined event condition to be described later is achieved, the number of bingos selected by the physical drawing selected when the balls B1 and B2 fall into the ditch of one of the station portions ST is not only in the case 1 The game station units ST are also treated as the elected bingo numbers of the other game station units ST. Here, the other game station unit ST of the first embodiment is the same as the one game station unit ST, and belongs to the remaining three game station units ST of the accessory device unit SA. In the first embodiment, all the game station units ST included in the push screen game machine 1 are divided into a complex array group, and each group is used as the accessory device unit SA, and the game belongs to the accessory device unit SA. Between the station units ST, it is possible to generate a situation in which the games of the respective players are related to each other by achieving the aforementioned event conditions. As a result, for example, players who play individually in the station portion ST belonging to the same accessory device unit SA cooperate to obtain the gameability of the token. The bingo game of the first embodiment will be described in detail later. (Configuration of accessory device drawing device) -26- 200911347 Fig. 6 is a perspective view showing the main structure of the accessory device drawing device 1 000. The accessory device drawing device 1 has: an outer bingo platform 1 1〇〇, an inner bingo platform 1 200, a ball feeding mechanism 1 3 00 and 1 400, a ball transport path 1 500, and a platform ball input mechanism 1 600 And support desk 1 700. The support station 1700 is a structure of the skeleton of the accessory device selection device 100, and supports other structures. In the support table 1700, an inner bingo platform 1200 is attached to the upper center, and an outer bingo platform 1 100 is disposed to surround the inner bingo platform 1200. Further, a ball transport path 1500 is disposed so as to surround the periphery of the outer bingo platform 1100. A ball supply mechanism 1300 and a 1400° ball supply mechanism 1 300 are provided adjacent to the ball transport path 1 500 to supply a certain ball (for example, a non-metallic ball B1). On the other hand, the ball supply mechanism 1 400 is configured to supply a ball of a different type from the ball B1 (for example, a ball B2 made of metal). Further, the difference between the ball B1 and the ball B2 is not related to metal or non-metal, and may be determined according to other factors (for example, the color of the ball). The ball supply mechanism 1300 has a ball supply unit 1 3 0 1 , a lift portion 1 3 0 2 , and a ball return path 1 3 0 3 . The ball supply mechanism 1 310 is configured to supply the ball B1 to the ball carrier 1 520 which will be described later. The lifting portion 1 302 is configured to raise the ball B1 to the ball supply portion 1301. The ball return path 1 3 03 is a structure for returning the ball B 1 supplied to the outer bingo stage 1 1 后 which will be described later to the path of the lifting portion 1 3 0 2 of the ball supply mechanism 1 300. Similarly, the ball supply mechanism 1 400 has a ball supply unit 1401, a lifting portion 1402, and a ball return path (not shown). The ball supply mechanism 1401 is a structure for supplying the ball B2 to the ball carrier 1 520 which will be described later. The lifting portion 1 402 is a structure for raising the ball B2 to the ball supply portion 1401. The ball return path (not shown) is a structure for returning the ball B2 supplied to the inner bingo level 1200, which will be described later, to the path of the lift portion 1402 of the second ball supply mechanism 1400. The ball carrier 1 5 20 is used to carry the structures of the balls B1 and B2 along the outer circumference of the annular ball transport path 1 500. The ball carrier 1 520 is a receiving portion composed of two rod-shaped members bent in a V shape, and the balls Bl and B2 are held therein. Further, the ball carrier 1520 is fixed to the annular member 1 5 50 provided along the ball transport path 15 (). Therefore, the ball carrier 1 520 is moved along the ball transport path 1 500 by the ring member rotating along the ball transport path 1 500. The ball transport path 1 500 is provided with a plurality of sensor portions 1 5 1 0 on the outer peripheral surface. The sensor portion 1 5 10 is a structure for detecting the presence or absence of the ball carrier 1 520 in the vicinity. The information detected by the sensor unit 1 5 1 0 is appropriately or immediately input to, for example, a control unit not shown. The control unit determines the position of the ball carrier 1520 based on the information sent from the sensor unit 1510, and controls the walking and stopping of the ball carrier 1502 accordingly. For example, the situation in which the game station unit ST supplies the ball B1 as shown in FIG. 2 'the control unit stops the ball carrier 1 5 2 0 in the sensor unit based on the information from the sensor unit 1 5 1 0. 1 5 1 0 - 1 position. Thereby, the ball carrier 1 5 2 0 will be located on the extension line of the ball input ramp 1 800. In this state, when the V-shaped receiving portion of the ball carrier 1 520 is tilted toward the ball input ramp 180 1 side by the control unit 'not shown, the balls B1 and B2 held by the ball carrier 1520 are put into the ball. Go to the ball -28- 200911347 The entrance to the ramp 1801 (refer to Figure 2). Further, the sensor unit 1510 is separately provided on the outer peripheral surface of the ball transport path 1 500, that is, the ball is placed at the position of the ball input ramp of each game station unit ST and the ball transport unit is disposed. The position of the walking ramp is 1 Ο 1. The balls B 1 and B 2 which are put into the ball input ramp 1 800 are temporarily held by the stopper 18 02 shown in Fig. 1. Then, when the player presses the button 160 and the operation signal is sent to the control unit 600, the control unit 600 drives the control so that the stopper 1 802 is turned to the exit side of the ball input ramp 1801. Thereby, the balls B1 and B2 stopped by the stopper 1802 are rolled by the inclination of the ball input ramp 801, and are put into the play field 5 00 via the ball input position drawing mechanism 1810. The ball that is put into the play field 500 B1, B2 is in the course of the push coin game, and is the same as the token or the 1C token Μ', and falls from the front end 501a of the main table 501 to the token drop groove. The dropped balls B1 and B2 are placed in the ball transporting portion 1910 via the ball transport path 1 040, which will be described later, as described above. Further, the ball transport path 1 040 has a ball receiving portion 1041 that receives only the balls B1 and B2 and passes the token Μ and the 1C token Μ'. Further, the ball transporting portion 1910 is in the normal state and stands by at the ball discharge port 1 043 of the ball transport path 1 040. The ball transport unit 1 9 1 0 is a structure for transporting the ball Β 1 and Β 2 to the accessory device drawing device 1 000 as described above. When the ball transporting unit 1 9 1 0 is placed in the ball Β 1 or Β 2, the ball transporting portion travels the ramp 1 901 and moves to the ball transporting portion according to control from a control unit (not shown). The upper end of the ramp 1901. A ball carrier 1520 is placed in the vicinity of the upper end of the ball transporting portion walking ramp 1901. The ball transport unit 1910 transfers the transported balls B1 and B2 to the ball carrier 1520 after moving to the upper end of the ball transport -29-200911347 transport section ramp 1901. Further, the ball carrier 1520 to which the balls B1 and B2 are delivered is held in this posture. Further, when the ball carrier 1 520 receives the balls B1 and B2, it moves to a position facing the platform ball input mechanism 1 600 in accordance with control from a control unit (not shown). The platform ball input mechanism 1 600 has a receiving disk 1610 for feeding the ball B 1 to the outer bingo platform 1100, and a receiving disk 1 620 for feeding the ball B2 to the inner bingo platform 1 200. The ball carrier 1520 is moved to a position facing the receiving disk 1610 or 1620 in accordance with the type (B1, B2) of the ball to be held in accordance with control from the control unit (not shown). When the receiving discs 1610 and 1 620 receive the ball from the ball carrier 1 5 20, they fall to a position opposite to the ball carrier 1 5 20, and when receiving the ball from the ball carrier 1 520, they rise to the ball input path. 1 1 1 〇, 1 2 1 0 opposite position. Then, keep the ball until the ball is put in. For example, when the ball B 1 is received from the ball transport unit 1 9 1 0, the ball carrier 1 5 2 0 is carried along the ball transport path 1 500, and the ball B 1 is delivered to the platform ball input mechanism 1 600. Disk 1610. The receiving disk 1610 of the receiving ball B1 is, for example, when the player presses the button 1 60, and the holding ball B 1 is put into the ball shooting path 1 1 1 〇. The ball B 1 to be engaged is put into the outer bingo platform 1 1 00 after the acceleration of the inclination and length of the response ball input path 1 1 1 0 is obtained. Further, for example, when the ball B2 is received from the ball transport unit 19 1 0, the ball carrier 1 520 travels along the ball transport path 1500, and the ball B2 is delivered to the receiving disk 1 620 of the platform ball input mechanism 1 600. The receiving disk 1 620 of the receiving ball B2 is, for example, when the player presses the button 1 60, and the ball B2 holding the -30-200911347 is put into the ball shooting path 1 2 1 0. The ball B2 to be thrown is thrown into the inner bingo stage 1 200 after obtaining the acceleration of the inclination and length of the ball input path 1 2 1 0. In addition, the type of the ball delivered to the ball carrier 1 5 20 is Β1 or Β2. For example, the ball Β 1 is made of a non-metal, and the ball Β 2 is made of a metal. The ball carrier 1 520 can be used for metal sensing. And so on to detect. Further, for example, in a case where the ball 1 and the ball 2 are different colors, a color sensor or the like can be provided for the ball carrier 1 520, and the type of the delivered ball can be detected. Further, the type of the detected ball is sent to a control unit (not shown). Therefore, the ball carrier 1 520 is controlled in accordance with the type of the ball notified to the control unit. The outer bingo platform 1 1 〇〇 has two or more holes (referred to as prize points 1 1 〇 1 ) having a diameter that the ball python 1 can pass, and is rotated at the inner bingo platform 1 200 at a predetermined cycle. around. In the first embodiment, 10 prize points 1 1 0 1 are provided, and the bingo numbers assigned to the "1" to "9" used in the bingo game and the total of 10 winners are lost. Point 1101. The ball Β 1 that is put into the outer bingo platform 1100 is rotated by the acceleration of the ball input path 1 1 1 及 and the rotation of the outer bingo platform η 〇〇 itself, and then the outer bingo platform 1 1 0 0 Any winning point is 1 1 0 1 . The ball Β 1 is which prize point to enter! The information of i i is sent to the control unit (not shown). When the ball 1 enters the prize point 1 1 0 1 to which the number is assigned, the control unit operates in conjunction with the control unit 6 of the game station unit ST which is the source of the transfer of the ball 1. The bingo number to be assigned to the winning point 1101 is used as the elected bingo number to perform the bingo game. In addition, 'the ball that enters the prize point 1 1 〇 1 Β 1 is temporarily held at the entrance point of the prize point 1 1 0 1 in the manner that the player can confirm -31 - 200911347, and is put into the outside bingo platform 1 The ball below 1 0 0 returns to the path 1 3 0 3 . Similarly, the inner bingo platform 1200 has one or more prize points 1 20 1 having a diameter through which the ball B2 can pass, and rotates the center portion as a center of rotation at a predetermined cycle. In the first embodiment, a total of five prize points 1 2 0 1 are provided, and four prizes of two bingo numbers of "1" to "8" used in the bingo game are respectively assigned. Point 1201, a total of 5 winning points 1 2 0 1 with 1 winning point 1 2 0 1 assigned to the bingo number of "9" used in the bingo game. The ball B2 that is put into the inner bingo platform 1 200 is rotated by the acceleration of the ball input path 1210 and the rotation of the inner bingo platform 1 200 itself, and then the inner bingo platform 1 200 is rotated. Point 1201. The information on which of the winning points 1 2 0 1 the ball B2 is sent is appropriately sent to a control unit (not shown). When the ball B2 enters the prize point 1201 to which the number is assigned, the control unit operates in cooperation with the control unit 600 of the game station unit ST which is the source of the ball B2, and is assigned to the winner. The bingo number of the prize point 1201 is used as the bingo number to perform the bingo game. Furthermore, the ball B2 entering the winning point 1 20 1 is temporarily held at the entrance of the winning point 1 20 1 in a manner that the player can confirm, and is put into the unillustrated ball set under the inner bingo platform 1200. Return path. (Structure of the play field) Fig. 7 is a partial perspective view showing the structure of the play field 5 00 and its peripheral parts. -32- 200911347 Fig. 8 (a) and (b) are explanatory views for explaining the back and forth movement of the pushing portion 51 of the play field 5 00. As described above, the "playing field 500" is composed of a main table 501 as a mounting table, and a pressing portion 510 which is an ejector member slidably placed on the main table 501. The pushing portion 510 is slidably moved forward and backward on the main table 501 so as to enter and exit the accommodating portion 420 provided below the display 70 1 of the display unit 700. Further, Fig. 8(a) is a plan view showing a state in which the pushing portion 510 enters the deepest portion in the accommodating portion 720, and Fig. 8(b) is a plan view showing a state in which the urging portion 510 is most protruded from the accommodating portion 720. The sub-disc 5 1 1 which is the upper surface of the pushing portion 5 10 abuts against the frame member 7 1 0 of the display portion 7 〇 0 as described above. Therefore, the token or IC token Μ ' stored in the sub-plate 5 1 1 which is the upper side of the pushing portion 5 10 is moved when the pushing portion 510 moves in the direction of entering the storage portion " 720 ( Referring to Fig. 8, reference numeral (b) - (a)) 'is advanced by the frame member 7 10 toward the tilting table 512 on the sub-plate 5 1 1 , and the token μ or 1 C generation on the sub-platter 511 The coin Μ 'the whole body flows in the direction of the inclined table 5 1 2 . As a result, a portion of the token or 1C token Μ that is present on the sub-disc 51 1 1 near the tilting table 5 1 2 will fall toward the tilting table 512. Furthermore, the part of the falling token or the 1C token Μ ' enters the chuck 5 1 5 - 1 , 5 1 5 - 2, 5 1 5 - 3 set on the inclined table 5 i 2 First, the rest is dropped to the main table 5 0 1 . Further, the falling prevention wall 521 is provided on both sides of the range in which the pressing portion 510 is slid, and the token Μ or the 1C token M' is prevented from falling from the side of the sub-platter 5 1 1 . Further, the pushing portion 5 1 0 is placed on the main table 5 0 1 without a gap. In the case of -33- 200911347, the so-called "no gap" means that there is no gap above the width of the token or the 1C token. Therefore, the token Μ or 1C token 贮 stored on the main tray 50 1 is moved in the direction in which the pushing portion 510 is released from the accommodating portion 720 (refer to (a) - (b) in FIG. ), by pushing the front wall 501 on the main table 501 toward the front end 501a by the pushing wall 513 on the front side of the pushing portion 510, the token Μ or the 1C token M' on the main table 501 is oriented toward the front end 5〇la flow. As a result, a part of the token or 1C token M' existing on the main table 501 near the front end 501a falls from the front end 501a to the token drop groove. Further, by the flow of the token] VI or the 1C token M' at this time, a part of the token 510 existing on the main tray 501 near the both ends (side end 501b) of the main tray 501 Or the 1C token M' is likely to fall from the side end 5 0 1 b. Further, the token Μ or the 1C token M' dropped from the side end 5 0 1 b is stored in a predetermined storage portion inside the game station unit ST. Further, the token or the 1C token dropped from the leading end 501a is received by the token accepting unit 1〇〇1 which is disposed under the leading end 501a (i.e., in the token dropping groove) as shown in Fig. 7 . The token accepting unit 1001 is connected to the token transport path 1 002 having the token sorting unit. Further, the token accepting unit 1〇〇1 is inclined toward the connecting portion with the token transporting path 1 〇〇2. For this reason, the token or the IC token 接收 received by the token accepting unit 1 〇 流入 1 flows into the token transfer path 1〇02. Further, the token transfer path 1002 is inclined toward the storage portion 102 of the third lift hopper 1 020 of the token payment mechanism. Further, in the connection portion between the token receiving portion 1 00 1 and the token transfer path 1 002, a bar 1 〇 1 〇 for locking the balls 1 and 后 2 to be described later is provided to the ball β 1 , - 34- 200911347 B2 will not be transported to the downstream of the token transfer direction of the token transfer path ι〇〇2. Fig. 9 is a plan view showing the structure of the token sorting unit provided in the token transport path ι2. The token sorting unit is constituted by a sorting hole 1 0 0 3 provided on the bottom surface of the token transport path 1002. The width of the sorting hole 10 0 〇 3 (the length in the direction orthogonal to the direction in which the token is transported) is smaller than the diameter of the token , and larger than the diameter of the 1C token ’ '. Therefore, when the bottom surface of the token transfer path 1002 is brought into contact with the surface of the token and is slidably transported, the token is not dropped by the sorting hole 1003' and is transported to the sorting hole 1〇〇3. The storage portion 1 〇 2 1 of the third lifting bucket 1 0 2 0. On the other hand, the 1C token 直径' having a diameter smaller than the token 落 落 falls into the sorting hole 1 〇〇 3 when the bottom surface of the token transport path 1 002 is brought into contact with the token surface and is slid. Below the sorting hole 1003, an I C token transfer path 1 〇 〇 4 inclined to the storage portion 1 0 5 1 of the fourth lift hopper 1 〇 50 is disposed. Therefore, the 1C token 落' dropped to the sorting hole 1003 is transported to the storage portion 1 0 5 1 of the fourth lift hopper 1 〇 50. The token counter 1 006 to be described later is provided at the entrance of the storage unit 1 0 2 1 of the third lifting bucket 1 〇 20 . The token counter 1〇〇6 calculates the number of tokens μ that are input from the token transport path 1 002 to the storage unit 1021. The number of tokens calculated by the token counter 1 006 is notified to the control unit 600 of Fig. 3. The control unit 60 0 drives the third lift 1 〇 2 0 based on the number of notified tokens, and pays the tokens from the token payment unit 1 03 0 to the token input mechanism 1 The storage surface 101 of the crucible. -35- 200911347 The third lifting bucket 1〇2〇 has a bucket driving unit 1 022 and a lifting unit 1 0 2 3, and operates by the bucket driving unit 1 022 in accordance with control from the control unit 600, and the payment generation The coin is paid from the token payment unit 1 03 0 provided at the end of the lift unit 1 023. In the first embodiment, the token payment mechanism including the third lift hopper 1 0 2 0 and the token payout unit 1 〇 3 0 is dropped from the front end 501a of the main tray 501 to the token drop groove by the token 501. As a condition, the tokens are paid to the player and usually have a means of payment for the body. The basic structure of the fourth lifting bucket 1〇50 is the same as that of the third lifting bucket 1 020. However, the fourth lifting bucket 10000 is attached to the lifting portion 051 of the fourth lifting bucket 1050, and is provided with data writing from the electronic data commanded by the control unit 600 to the 1C wafer of the discharged 1C token. The 1C writer 1054 of the means is different from the configuration of the third lifting bucket 1020. Further, the 1C reader 1 005 as a data reading means is provided on the bottom surface of the 1C token transfer path 1 004. The 1C reader 1 005 is read by the 1C chip which is read by the 1C token Μ'. Electronic information. The 1C reader 1 00 5 transmits the token price data read from the 1C chip of the 1C token Μ' to the control unit 600 of Fig. 3. The control unit 600 controls the fourth lift 1 0 50 based on the received token price data. As described in detail, for the 1C chip of the 1C token Μ' in the lift portion 1 053, the same coinage price data as the token price data received from the 1C reader 1 00 5 is written using the 1C writer 1 054. . After the IC token Μ 系 is written, it is paid from the token payment unit 1 〇 3 0 to the storage surface 1 〇 1 of the token input unit 1 via the lift unit 1 〇 5 3 . In other words, in the first embodiment, in the usual game of the push-to-do game of -36-200911347, when the 1C token is reached, and the special physical payment condition for the drop of the token is dropped, the 1C token Μ 'will be paid to the player. Furthermore, here, the description of the payment condition (special physical payment condition) of the 1C token Μ 'falling from the front end 5 Ola of the main table 501 to the token drop groove is the payment condition of the ic token μ', However, it is not limited to this. For example, it is also possible to drop the predetermined number of tokens from the main pallet 5 0 1 for a predetermined period of time as the payment condition (special physical payment condition) of the 1C token M'. In such a condition, the means for discharging the 1C token Μ' to the main tray 50 1 is not necessarily required, so that the second lift bucket 350 described above is not required. Further, at this time, there is no 1C token Μ' on the main table 501, and only the usual tokens are stacked. In the first embodiment, the balls B1 and Β2 supplied from the ball carrier 1 52 0 of the accessory drawing device 1 000 are also present on the main table 501. The balls Bl and Β2 are in the flow direction of the token or the 1C token Μ caused by the back and forth movement of the pushing portion 510, and after moving on the main tray 501, they fall from the front end 501a to the token drop groove. Below the front end 501a (that is, the token is dropped into the groove), the ball transport path 1 040 is provided as described above. The ball transport path 1 040 has a ball that receives only the dropped balls B 1 and B2, the token Μ or the 1C token M, passes through the ball receiving portion 1 〇 41, and the ball received by the ball receiving portion 104 1 is reached. The ball stop unit 1 〇 4 2 and the ball discharge port 1 〇 4 3 are stopped until the predetermined condition. Therefore, the balls B1 and Β2 received by the ball receiving portion 1 0 4 1 are discharged from the ball discharge port 1 0 4 3 after the ball stop portion 1042 is stopped until the timer is reached. Thereby, the ball 1 and Β 2 are placed at the ball carrying portion 1910 (refer to Fig. 2) which is waiting at the ball discharge port 1 043 at -37-200911347. Further, the game station unit ST of Fig. 2 and the game station unit ST of Fig. 3 or Fig. 7 are reversed left and right for convenience of explanation, but have the same structure. Further, as shown in Fig. 7, the main table 5 01 is provided with guides 53 0R and 53 0L for controlling the flow of the token 1 and the 1C token M' and the balls 1 and B2. Further, a guide portion moving mechanism 540 for moving the guide portions 530R and 530L up and down with respect to the main table 501 is provided below the main table 501. The guiding portions 5 3 0R, 5 3 0L respectively have a ball guiding plate 53 1 for controlling the flow direction of the balls B 1 , B2 , and a token guiding plate 5 3 for controlling the flow direction of the tokens or 1C tokens ′′. 3. A support portion 5 3 4 for supporting the ball guide plate 513 and the token guide plate 533. Further, the ball guide plate 531 and the token guide plate 533 are supported by the support portion 534 so as to be supported by the support portion 534 so as to form the through port 532 having a predetermined shape therebetween. When the guiding portions 5 3 0R and 530L are moved to the lower limit position, the upper ends of the guiding portions 5 3 0 and 5 3 0 of the token guiding plates 5 3 3 are located on the same as or below the main table 501. position. That is, the guide portions 530R and 530L are moved to the lower limit position, and the token guide sheets 533 are housed below the main tray 501. However, even in this case, the passage port 5 3 2 between the token guide plate 5 3 3 and the ball guide plate 5 3 1 is not blocked as a whole. In this state, the token guide plate 5 3 3 is retracted to the state below the main tray 501 because the token guide 533 does not obstruct the flow of the token 1 and the 1C token Μ on the main tray 501. Therefore, the token or the 1C token can flow to the free direction through the mouth 53 2 . That is, the token Μ and the 1C token Μ' can flow to the side of the side end 501b of the main tray 501. As a result, -38-200911347, the token 落 or the 1C token Μ' dropped from the side end 501b is more likely to move to the upper limit position than the guide portions 5 3 0R and 530L, for example. However, the obstruction of the flow of the tokens and the 1C tokens M' by the support unit 534 is ignored for simplification of the illustration. Further, even when the guide portions 5300R and 530L are moved to the lower limit position, the ball guide plate 531 protrudes from the main table 501, so that the balls B1 and Β2 restrict the flow direction by the ball guide plate 531. . That is, the ball Β 1 and Β 2 are guided to the direction of the front end 501a so as not to fall from the side end 501b of the main table 501. On the other hand, in a state where the guide portions 530R, 530L are moved to the upper limit position, the upper ends of the token guide sheets 533 from the guide portions 530R, 530L are protruded from the main tray 501, Since the token guide plate 53 3 obstructs the flow of the token Μ and the 1C token M ′ on the main platter 5 01, the flow of the token 1 and the 1C token Μ ' is restricted to the direction toward the front end 501a. . As a result, the token Μ and the 1C token Μ' which are dropped from the side end 501b can be reduced, for example, compared with the case where the guide portions 5 3 OR and 530L are moved to the lower limit position. However, the obstruction of the flow of the token Μ and the 1C token 所致 caused by the support unit 534 is ignored for simplification of the illustration. Further, even when the guide portions 5 3 0R and 53 0L are moved to the upper limit position, the ball guide plate 53 is protruded from the main table 5 0 1 ', so the ball 1 and B2 are guided by the ball guide plate 531. It is restricted to flow. That is, the balls B1 and B2 are guided to the direction of the front end 501a so as not to fall from the side end 501b of the main stage 501.
如此，在本實施形態1，利用使引導部5 3 0 R、5 3 0 L -39- 200911347 移動至下限位置，換句話說，利用將引導部5 3 0 R、5 3 0 L 之代幣引導板5 3 3收納於主台盤5 Ο 1下，可一邊將球B 1 之流向限制爲往前端5 0 1 a之方向，一邊可使代幣μ及1C 代幣Μ’之流向較爲自由。其結果，從主台盤501落下之 代幣Μ及1C代幣Μ’中，可使從邊側端501b落下之代 幣Μ及1C代幣M’的比例增大。另一方面，利用使引導 部5 3 OR、5 3 0 L移動至上限位置，換句話說，利用將引導 部5 3 0R、5 3 0L之代幣引導板5 3 3突出於主台盤501上， 可限制球B1之流向之同時，將代幣Μ及IC代幣Μ ’之 流向限制爲往前端501a之方向。其結果，可使代幣Μ及 1C代幣Μ’的流向集中至往前端501a之方向，並可使大 多數的代幣Μ及1C代幣Μ ’從前端501a落下之同時， 能讓從邊側端501b落下之代幣Μ及1C代幣M，的比例 減少。 (代幣投入機構的構造） 圖1 〇係揭示本實施形態1之代幣投入機構1 〇〇的立 體圖。 圖11係該代幣投入機構1 00的前視圖。 圖1 2係該代幣投入機構1 0 0的俯視圖。 圖1 3係該代幣投入機構1 〇 〇的前視透視圖。 代幣投入機構1 0 0係包含：水平區域2 1、位於水平 區域21兩側之第1傾斜區域22及第2傾斜區域23、位 於第1傾斜區域22外側之第1側部構造體1 1 7、及位於 -40- 200911347 第2傾斜區域23外側之第2側部構造體1 1 8。又，代幣 投入機構1〇〇係包含貯留包含代幣Μ及1C代幣M，之複 數代幣的貯留面1 〇 1。貯留面1 0 1係構成代幣投入機構 1 0 0的水平區域2 1。 代幣投入機構1 〇〇係更包含從連接貯留面1 〇 1的第1 側部之第1境界區域1 〇 2連續地往上方向一邊傾斜—邊延 伸存在的第1傾斜壁。第1傾斜壁係形成第1傾斜區域 2 2。該第1傾斜壁係以第1傾斜壁下部區域1 〇 4與第1傾 斜壁上部區域1 06所構成。第1境界區域1 02係以曲面所 構成。 代幣投入機構1 〇〇係更包含從位於與前述第1側部之 相反側的貯留面1 0 1的第2側部所連接之第2境界區域 1 03連續地往上方向一邊傾斜一邊延伸存在的第2傾斜 壁。第2傾斜壁係形成第2傾斜區域2 3。該第2傾斜壁 係以第2傾斜壁下部區域1 〇5與第2傾斜壁上部區域1 〇7 所構成。第2境界區域1 〇 3係以曲面所構成。 代幣投入機構1 00係更具有：第1代幣投入部1 08， 係於接近第1傾斜壁之位置，具有第1代幣投入口丨〇 8 一 1 ;及第2代幣投入部109 ’係於接近第2傾斜壁之位 置，具有第2代幣投入口 1〇9-1。第1境界區域1〇2、第 1傾斜壁下部區域1 0 4、第1傾斜壁上部區域1 〇 6、及第1 代幣投入部1 0 8係形成代幣投入機構丨0 〇的第1傾斜區域 22。第2境界區域1〇3、第2傾斜壁下部區域105'第2 傾斜壁上部區域1 0 7、及第2代幣投入部1 〇 9係形成代幣 -41 - 200911347 投入機構100的第2傾斜區域23。 第1代幣投入部108係更具有第1安裝凸緣110，該 第1安裝凸緣110係從第1境界區域102的一部份延伸存 在至貯留面1 0 1的一部份。第2代幣投入部1 〇 9係更具有 第2安裝凸緣111’該第2安裝凸緣111係從第2境界區 域1 0 3的一部份延伸存在至貯留面1 的—部份。延伸存 在於貯留面101上的第1安裝凸緣110與第2安裝凸緣 Π1係如圖1 2所示，具有較大之圓形弧狀的角部。第1 安裝凸緣110與第2安裝凸緣111係將貯留代幣Μ及1C 代幣Μ’的代幣貯留區域界定於貯留面1 〇 1上。第1安裝 凸緣110與第2安裝凸緣111係相互離開，從該2個凸緣 1 1 0、1 1 1之間的代幣供給側1 1 9供給代幣μ或1C代幣 Μ’ 。被供給之代幣Μ或1C代幣Μ’係被限制在第1安 裝凸緣110與第2安裝凸緣111的具有較大之圓形弧狀的 角部。於與貯留面1 01的代幣供給側之相反側的側部，係 設置有用以防止從貯留面1 0 1供給至玩家所在之跟前側的 代幣Μ或1C代幣Μ’掉落之第1代幣限制平板1 12。 於第1傾斜壁下部區域1 04與第1傾斜壁上部區域 1 06之境界係形成有第丨引導部1 1 3。第1引導部1 : 3係 卡止滑落第1傾斜壁上部區域1 06的代幣，以使其沿著第 1引導部滑動滾入至該第1代幣投入口 1080— 1之方式來 構成。第1引導部1 1 3係以形成於第1傾斜壁下部區域 104與第1傾斜壁上部區域106之境界的第1段差部1 13 所構成。第1段差部1 1 3係一邊朝向第1代幣投入口 1 〇8 -42- 200911347 -1直線地下降一邊延伸存在。第丨傾斜壁上部區域106 係具有至少1個之突部’該突部係以減低與沿著該第1引 導部113而滑動滾入之代幣Μ及1C代幣Μ，的摩擦之方 式所形成。亦即’第1傾斜壁上部區域1 〇 6係具有從第1 引導部1 1 3僅往上方分離小於代幣μ或IC代幣Μ，的直 徑之距離’而與該第1引導部113之延伸存在方向大約平 行延伸存在的至少1個之稜線形狀突部1 1 5。具體來說， 如圖示般，形成複數稜線形狀突部1 1 5。 於第2傾斜壁下部區域1 〇 5與第2傾斜壁上部區域 107之境界係形成有第2引導部114。第2引導部114係 卡止滑落第2傾斜壁上部區域1 〇 7的代幣，以使其沿著第 2引導部滑動滾入至該第2代幣投入口 109 — 1之方式來 構成。第2引導部1 1 4係以形成於第2傾斜壁下部區域 1 〇 5與第2傾斜壁上部區域1 〇 7之境界的第2段差部1 1 4 所構成。第2段差部1 1 4係一邊朝向第2代幣投入口 1 0 9 -1直線地下降一邊延伸存在。第2傾斜壁上部區域1 07 係具有至少2個之突部，該突部係以減低與沿著該第1引 導部114而滑動滾入之代幣μ及1C代幣Μ ’的摩擦之方 式所形成。亦即，第2傾斜壁上部區域1 〇 7係具有從第2 引導部1 14僅往上方分離小於代幣μ或1C代幣Μ’的直 徑之距離，而與該第2引導部114之延伸存在方向大約平 行延伸存在的至少1個之稜線形狀突部11 6。具體來說， 如圖示般，形成複數稜線形狀突部1 1 6。 第1傾斜壁上部區域1 〇 6的外側上端部係與第1側部 -43- 200911347 構造體1 1 7結合。第丨側部構造體1 1 7係具有變形L字剖 面形狀，由水平上部、垂直壁部及水平下部所構成。水平 上部係從第1傾斜壁上部區域1 0 6的外側上端部連續地向 外側延伸存在。垂直壁部係從水平上部的外側端部垂直向 下延伸存在。水平下部係從垂直壁部的下端部向內側延伸 存在。於水平上部係安裝有用以控制代幣排出路徑4 0 0的 排出端部之位置及所朝方向的控制系統之操作手柄，玩家 係操作該操作手柄而控制代幣排出路徑400的排出端部之 位置及所朝方向。水平下部係達成用以將代幣投入機構 100安裝於遊戲站部ST的框體800之安裝凸緣的功用。 第2傾斜壁上部區域1 07的外側上端部係與第2側部 構造體U 8結合。第2側部構造體1 1 8係具有變形L字剖 面形狀’由水平上部、垂直壁部及水平下部所構成。水平 上部係從第2傾斜壁上部區域1 07的外側上端部連續地向 外側延伸存在。垂直壁部係從水平上部的外側端部垂直向 下延伸存在。水平下部係從垂直壁部的下端部向內側延伸 存在。於水平上部係安裝有用以控制代幣排出路徑400的 排出端部之位置及所朝方向的控制系統之操作手柄，玩家 係操作該操作手柄而控制代幣排出路徑400的排出端部之 位置及所朝方向。水平下部係達成用以將代幣投入機構 1〇〇安裝於遊戲站部ST的框體800之安裝凸緣的功用。 貯留面 101、第 1境界區域 102、第 2境界區域 1 0 3、第1傾斜壁下部區域1 04、第2傾斜壁下部區域 1 05、第1傾斜壁上部區域丨06及第2傾斜壁上部區域 -44- 200911347 107係如以同一構件構成，則於代幣Μ或1C代幣Μ’可 動之區域係無接縫，而可減低阻抗。 又，第1代幣投入部1 〇 8的第1代幣投入口 1 0 8 — 1 及第2代幣投入部109的第2代幣投入口 109 — 1係具有 僅可同時放進1個代幣Μ及1C代幣Μ’的尺寸。此爲在 複數代幣同時進入第1代幣投入口 108— 1及第2代幣投 入口 1 09 — 1之狀況，可用以確實防止代幣塞住該第！代 幣投入部108或該第1代幣投入部109。 前述代幣投入機構1 0 0係具有以第1及第2側部的中 間位置爲基準而大致對稱之形狀及構造。 圖1 4係代幣投入機構1 0 0的部份分解圖。 因爲第1代幣投入部108與第2代幣投入部109爲相 同構造’以下舉出第2代幣投入部1 0 9爲例說明其內部構 造。第2代幣投入部1〇9係具有：第2代幣投入口 1〇9 — 1，係接近於第2引導部1 1 4 (亦即，第2段差部1 1 4)的尾 端部；代幣投入路徑1 0 9 - 7 ’係與第2段差部1 1 4的尾 端部連通；代幣落下孔109—8，係與代幣投入路徑1〇9_ 7連通；第1代幣引導平板1〇9 - 5及第2代幣引導平板 109— 6，係界定代幣投入路徑1〇9一 7與個代幣投入路徑 1 09 - 7的各兩側部。代幣投入路徑i 〇9 一 7係以將經由第 2代幣投入口 1〇9—1而投入之代幣]v[引導至代幣落下孔 109— 8之方式來形成。 進而’第2代幣投入部109係具有第1中間平板1〇9 一 3，該第1中間平板1〇9一 3係具有第1滾軸i〇9 — *。 -45- 200911347 第1中間板109 - 3係安裝於第！代幣引導平板1〇9一 5及 第2代幣引導平板109— 6。第1滾軸1〇9— 4係因位於代 幣落下孔109— 8上’而通過該代幣投入路徑109一 7的代 幣Μ或IC代幣Μ ’來到代幣落下孔1 〇 9 _ 8時，抵接於 該第1滾軸109— 4’代幣μ或1C代幣Μ’被稍微下壓而 從代幣落下孔109 — 8落下。 本實施形態1之代幣投入機構1 〇〇係於代幣投入路徑 109—7的途中，具體來說在藉由代幣投入部護蓋1〇9— 2 覆蓋的部份，設置有作爲讀取記憶於1C代幣Μ’之1C晶 片的電子資料之資料讀取手段的1C讀取器109— 9。代幣 落下孔109— 8，係構成與上述之代幣分類部的分類孔 1003相同的分類部’以代幣Μ不落下代幣落下孔109-8 而通過’ 1C代幣Μ’落下代幣落下孔109_8之方式所構 成。不落下代幣落下孔109-8而通過之代幣Μ係經由代 幣搬送路徑200而被搬送至第1抬升斗30〇。被搬送到第 1抬升斗3 〇 〇爲止之代幣Μ係被抬升至代幣排出路徑4 0 0 的供給端，經由代幣排出路徑400而從排出端供給至遊玩 場域500上。另一方面，落下至代幣落下孔1〇9— 8之1C 代幣Μ’係被搬送至第2抬升斗350。1C代幣Μ’係在落 下代幣落下孔109— 8之前，藉由1C讀取器109— 9，讀 取出記憶於其I c晶片的電子資料。亦即，被投入至代幣 投入機構1〇〇的1C代幣Μ’係藉由1C讀取器109 - 9， 讀取出所有記億於其IC晶片的電子資料。藉此，於本實 施形態1中’可利用記憶於被投入至代幣投入機構1 〇 〇的 -46 - 200911347 IC代幣Μ ’之I c晶片的電子資料’進行各種控制。關於 其控制的具體例係於後詳述° 玩家係使貯留於貯留面1 0 1的代幣M或1C代幣 Μ ’ ，滑上從貯留面1 0 1連續地往上方向一邊傾斜〜邊延 伸存在之第1傾斜壁下部區域1 04與第1傾斜壁上部區域 106、及第2傾斜壁下部區域1〇5與第2傾斜壁上部區域 107，而手放開代幣Μ或1C代幣Μ’時，藉由重力代幣 Μ或IC代幣Μ ’則會滑落第1傾斜壁上邰區域1 0 6及第 2傾斜壁上部區域1 〇 7 ’被構成第1引導部1 1 3的第1段 差部1 1 3與構成第2引導部1 1 4的第2段差部1 1 4卡止。 然後，第1段差部Π 3與第2段差部1 14係以使代幣μ 或1C代幣Μ’藉由重力滑動滾入至第1代幣投入口 108 -1及第2代幣投入口 1〇9 - 1之方式來構成。 亦即，玩家係使代幣Μ或1C代幣Μ’滑上從貯留面 1 0 1連續地往上方向一邊傾斜一邊延伸存在之第1傾斜壁 下部區域1 〇 4與第1傾斜部上部區域1 0 6、及第2傾斜壁 下部區域1 〇 5與第2傾斜部上部區域1 〇 7，之後’手從代 幣Μ或1C代幣Μ’離開時，藉由重力代幣Μ或1C代幣 Μ’則會滑落第1傾斜部上部區域1 〇6及第2傾斜部上部 區域107，被第1段差部113與第2段差部114卡止，之 後，代幣Μ或1C代幣Μ’係沿著第1段差部1 13與第2 段差部1 1 4而藉由重力滑動滾入至第1投入部的第1代幣 投入口 108— 1及第2代幣投入口 109— 1爲止。代幣Μ 或1C代幣Μ’沿著第1段差部1 13與第2段差部1 14滾 -47- 200911347 動時，該代幣Μ或1C代幣Μ’係相對於第1傾斜壁上部 區域1 0 6及第2傾斜壁上部區域1 0 7滑動。亦即，玩家係 使代幣Μ或1C代幣Μ’從貯留面101沿著第1傾斜壁下 部區域1 04與第1傾斜壁上部區域106、及第2傾斜壁下 部區域105與第2傾斜壁上部區域107上滑而放開手即 可，相較於以手將代幣Μ或1C代幣Μ’搬運至代幣投入 口而投入其代幣投入口之習知作業方式，使玩家可進行較 爲輕鬆的手之動作。爲此，即使玩家連續長時間繼續投入 代幣，亦可大幅地降低使玩家所感到之疲乏感。又，因爲 不耗損精神於代幣的投入，故可集中於遊戲本身，並可充 分享受遊戲。又，因爲不使代幣的投入變成自動化而僅使 玩家的投入作業較爲輕鬆，玩家係可一邊感覺到進行遊戲 的實際感，一邊連續長時間進行遊玩操作。 圖1 5係揭示1C代幣Μ’被投入至代幣投入機構1 〇〇 時之控制的流程之一例的流程圖。As described above, in the first embodiment, the guide portions 5 3 0 R, 5 3 0 L - 39 - 200911347 are moved to the lower limit position, in other words, the tokens of the guide portions 5 3 0 R, 5 3 0 L are utilized. The guide plate 5 3 3 is stored under the main table 5 Ο 1 , and the flow direction of the ball B 1 can be restricted to the direction of the front end 5 0 1 a, and the flow of the token μ and the 1C token can be made. For freedom. As a result, in the token Μ and the 1C token Μ ' dropped from the main tray 501, the ratio of the token 落 and the 1C token M' dropped from the side end 501b can be increased. On the other hand, the guide portion 5 3 OR, 5 3 0 L is moved to the upper limit position, in other words, the token guide plate 5 3 3 of the guide portion 5 3 0R, 5 3 0L is protruded from the main tray 501. In the above, the flow of the ball B1 can be restricted, and the flow of the token IC and the IC token Μ ' is restricted to the direction toward the front end 501a. As a result, the flow of tokens and 1C tokens can be concentrated to the direction of the front end 501a, and most of the tokens and 1C tokens can be dropped from the front end 501a. The proportion of the tokens and the 1C token M dropped by the side end 501b is reduced. (Structure of the token input mechanism) Fig. 1 is a perspective view showing the token input mechanism 1 of the first embodiment. Figure 11 is a front elevational view of the token input mechanism 100. Fig. 1 2 is a plan view of the token input mechanism 100. Figure 1 3 is a front perspective view of the coin input mechanism 1 〇 。. The token input mechanism 100 includes a horizontal region 21, a first inclined region 22 and a second inclined region 23 located on both sides of the horizontal region 21, and a first side structure 1 1 located outside the first inclined region 22. 7. The second side structure 1 1 8 located outside the second inclined region 23 of -40-200911347. Further, the token input institution 1 includes a storage surface 1 〇 1 in which a plurality of tokens including a token Μ and a 1C token M are stored. The storage surface 1 0 1 constitutes a horizontal area 2 1 of the token input mechanism 100. The token loading mechanism 1 further includes a first inclined wall extending obliquely from the first boundary region 1 〇 2 connecting the first side portion of the storage surface 1 〇 1 to the upper side. The first inclined wall system forms the first inclined region 2 2 . The first inclined wall is composed of a first inclined wall lower region 1 〇 4 and a first inclined wall upper region 106. The first boundary area 102 is composed of curved surfaces. The token loading mechanism 1 further includes a second boundary region 203 connected to the second side portion of the storage surface 1101 on the opposite side of the first side portion, which is continuously inclined upward while extending upward. The second inclined wall that exists. The second inclined wall forms the second inclined region 23. The second inclined wall is constituted by the second inclined wall lower region 1 〇 5 and the second inclined wall upper region 1 〇 7 . The second boundary area 1 〇 3 is composed of curved surfaces. The token input mechanism 100 further includes a first token input unit 1 08, which is adjacent to the first inclined wall, and has a first token input port 8 - 1; and a second token input portion 109 'Below the position close to the second inclined wall, and have the second generation coin input port 1〇9-1. The first boundary area 1〇2, the first inclined wall lower portion 1 0 4, the first inclined wall upper portion 1〇6, and the first token input unit 1 0 8 form the first stage of the token input mechanism 丨0 〇 Tilted area 22. The second boundary area 1〇3, the second inclined wall lower area 105', the second inclined wall upper area 1 0 7 , and the 2nd coin input unit 1 〇9 form the token -41 - 200911347 2nd of the input mechanism 100 Tilted area 23. The first generation coin insertion portion 108 further includes a first attachment flange 110 which extends from a portion of the first boundary region 102 to a portion of the storage surface 110. The second generation coin insertion unit 1 〇 9 has a second attachment flange 111'. The second attachment flange 111 extends from a portion of the second boundary region 1 0 3 to a portion of the storage surface 1 . The first mounting flange 110 and the second mounting flange 延伸1 extending over the storage surface 101 have a large circular arc-shaped corner as shown in Fig. 12 . The first mounting flange 110 and the second mounting flange 111 define a token storage area for storing the token 1 and the 1C token Μ' on the storage surface 1 〇 1 . The first mounting flange 110 and the second mounting flange 111 are separated from each other, and a token μ or a 1C token is supplied from the token supply side 1 1 9 between the two flanges 1 1 0 and 1 1 1 . The supplied token or 1C token 限制 is restricted to the corners of the first mounting flange 110 and the second mounting flange 111 having a large circular arc shape. On the side opposite to the side of the supply side of the storage surface 101, a side is provided to prevent the supply of the token or the 1C token from the storage surface 1 0 1 to the front side of the player. 1 token limit tablet 1 12. A second guide portion 1 1 3 is formed in the boundary between the first inclined wall lower region 104 and the first inclined wall upper region 106. The first guide portion 1 : 3 is configured to lock the token of the first inclined wall upper region 106 in a state in which it is slidably rolled into the first token insertion port 1080-1 along the first guide portion. . The first guide portion 1 1 3 is constituted by a first step portion 1 13 formed in the boundary between the first inclined wall lower region 104 and the first inclined wall upper region 106. The first step difference portion 1 1 3 is extended toward the first token insertion port 1 〇 8 -42 - 200911347 -1 while linearly descending. The second inclined wall upper region 106 has at least one projections for reducing the friction with the tokens and the 1C tokens that are slidably rolled along the first guiding portion 113. form. In other words, the first inclined wall upper region 1 〇 6 has a diameter "the distance smaller than the token n or the IC token 仅 from the first guiding portion 1 1 3 and is separated from the first guiding portion 113. At least one ridge-shaped protrusion 1 1 5 in which the direction extends approximately in parallel extends. Specifically, as shown in the figure, a plurality of ridgeline-shaped projections 1 15 are formed. A second guide portion 114 is formed in the boundary between the second inclined wall lower region 1 〇 5 and the second inclined wall upper region 107. The second guiding portion 114 locks the token of the second inclined wall upper region 1 〇 7 so as to be slidably rolled along the second guiding portion to the second token insertion opening 109-1. The second guiding portion 1 1 4 is constituted by a second step portion 1 1 4 formed in the boundary between the second inclined wall lower region 1 〇 5 and the second inclined wall upper region 1 〇 7 . The second step portion 1 1 4 extends while being linearly lowered toward the second generation coin insertion port 1 0 9 -1. The second inclined wall upper region 107 has at least two projections for reducing the friction with the tokens and the 1C tokens that are slidably rolled along the first guiding portion 114. Formed. In other words, the second inclined wall upper region 1 〇 7 has a distance from the second guiding portion 14 14 that is separated only by a diameter smaller than the token μ or the 1C token , ', and extends from the second guiding portion 114 There are at least one ridge-line shaped projections 116 that extend approximately parallel in the direction. Specifically, as shown in the figure, a plurality of ridgeline-shaped projections 1 16 are formed. The outer upper end portion of the first inclined wall upper region 1 〇 6 is coupled to the first side portion -43-200911347 structure 1 1 7 . The second side structure 1 1 7 has a deformed L-shaped cross-sectional shape and is composed of a horizontal upper portion, a vertical wall portion, and a horizontal lower portion. The horizontal upper portion extends continuously outward from the outer upper end portion of the first inclined wall upper region 106. The vertical wall portion extends vertically downward from the outer end portion of the horizontal upper portion. The lower horizontal portion extends inward from the lower end portion of the vertical wall portion. An operating handle of a control system for controlling the position of the discharge end of the token discharge path 400 and the direction of the direction is mounted on the upper horizontal portion, and the player controls the operation handle to control the discharge end of the token discharge path 400. Location and direction. The horizontal lower portion achieves the function of mounting the flange of the casing 800 for attaching the token input mechanism 100 to the station portion ST. The outer upper end portion of the second inclined wall upper region 107 is coupled to the second side structure U 8 . The second side structure 1 1 8 has a deformed L-shaped cross-sectional shape 'consisting of a horizontal upper portion, a vertical wall portion, and a horizontal lower portion. The horizontal upper portion extends continuously outward from the outer upper end portion of the second inclined wall upper region 107. The vertical wall portion extends vertically downward from the outer end portion of the horizontal upper portion. The lower horizontal portion extends inward from the lower end portion of the vertical wall portion. An operation handle for controlling the position of the discharge end of the token discharge path 400 and the direction of the control system is mounted on the upper horizontal portion, and the player controls the operation handle to control the position of the discharge end of the token discharge path 400 and In the direction of the direction. The horizontal lower portion achieves the function of attaching the flange to the mounting body of the casing 800 of the game station unit ST. The storage surface 101, the first boundary region 102, the second boundary region 1 0 3, the first inclined wall lower region 104, the second inclined wall lower region 506, the first inclined wall upper region 丨06, and the second inclined wall upper portion Area -44- 200911347 107 If it is made of the same component, there is no seam in the movable area of the token or 1C token, and the impedance can be reduced. Further, the first token input port 1 0 8-1 of the first token input unit 1 〇8 and the second token input port 109-1 of the second token input unit 109 have only one input at the same time. The size of the token and the 1C token. This is the situation in which the multiple tokens enter the first token input port 108-1 and the second token input port 1 09-1 at the same time, which can be used to surely prevent the token from plugging the first! The token input unit 108 or the first token input unit 109. The token input mechanism 1000 has a shape and a structure that are substantially symmetrical with respect to the intermediate position of the first and second side portions. Figure 1 4 is a partial exploded view of the token input mechanism 100. The first token input unit 108 and the second token input unit 109 have the same structure. The second token insertion unit 1 0 9 will be described below as an example of the internal structure. The second generation coin input unit 1〇9 has a second generation coin input port 1〇9-1, which is close to the tail end portion of the second guide portion 1 1 4 (that is, the second step portion 1 1 4). The token input path 1 0 9 - 7 ' is connected to the tail end of the second section difference 1 1 4; the token drop hole 109-8 is connected to the token input path 1〇9_7; the first token The guiding plate 1〇9-5 and the 2nd generation guiding plate 109-6 define the two sides of the token input path 1〇9-7 and the token input path 1 09-7. The token input path i 〇9-7 is formed by the way that the token is put into the hole 109-9 by the second generation coin input port 1〇9-1. Further, the second generation coin input unit 109 has a first intermediate plate 1〇9-3, and the first intermediate plate 1〇9-3 has a first roller i〇9 —*. -45- 200911347 The first intermediate plate 109 - 3 series is installed in the first! The token guides the tablet 1〇9-5 and the 2nd token guide plate 109-6. The first roller 1〇9-4 is located on the token drop hole 109-8' and passes through the token into the path 109-7 of the token or the IC token Μ 'to the token drop hole 1 〇 9 At _8, the first roller 109- 4' token or the 1C token 抵' is slightly pressed down and falls from the token drop hole 109-8. The token input mechanism 1 of the first embodiment is in the middle of the token input path 109-7, and specifically, the portion covered by the token input portion cover 〇9-2 is provided as a read. The 1C reader 109-9 which reads the data reading means of the electronic data of the 1C chip of the 1C token. The token drop hole 109-8 constitutes the same sorting section as the sorting hole 1003 of the token sorting section described above, and the token is not dropped by the token, and the token is dropped by the '1C token Μ' It is constructed by dropping the hole 109_8. The tokens that have passed through the hole 109-8 are not dropped, and the tokens are conveyed to the first lifter 30 by the token transfer path 200. The token that has been transported to the first lifter 3 〇 is lifted up to the supply end of the token discharge path 400, and is supplied from the discharge end to the play field 500 via the token discharge path 400. On the other hand, the 1C token that fell to the token drop hole 1〇9-8 was transported to the second lift bucket 350. The 1C token Μ' was before the falling token 109-8 The 1C reader 109-9 reads the electronic data stored in its Ic chip. That is, the 1C tokens that are put into the token input institution are read by the 1C reader 109-9, and all the electronic data of the IC chips are read. As a result, in the first embodiment, the electronic data of the I c chip which is stored in the -46 - 200911347 IC token 被 of the token input mechanism 1 can be variously controlled. The specific example of the control is described in detail later. The player makes the token M or the 1C token 贮 ' stored on the storage surface 1 0 1 , and slides upward from the storage surface 1 0 1 to the upper side. The first inclined wall lower region 104 and the first inclined wall upper region 106, and the second inclined wall lower region 1〇5 and the second inclined wall upper region 107 are extended, and the hand is inserted with the token or the 1C token. When Μ ', by the gravity token or the IC token Μ ', the first inclined wall upper region 1 0 6 and the second inclined wall upper region 1 〇 7 ' are formed to be the first guiding portion 1 1 3 The first step difference portion 1 1 3 is locked to the second step portion 1 1 4 constituting the second guide portion 1 1 4 . Then, the first step portion Π 3 and the second step portion 1 14 are so that the token μ or the 1C token Μ 'rolls by gravity to the first token input port 108 -1 and the second token input port 1〇9 - 1 way to form. In other words, the player causes the token Μ or the 1C token Μ to slide on the first inclined wall lower region 1 〇 4 and the first inclined portion upper region which are extended while continuing upward from the storage surface 1 0 1 1 0 6 and the second sloping wall lower area 1 〇 5 and the second inclined part upper area 1 〇 7, after the 'hand from the token Μ or 1 C token Μ ', by gravity token or 1C generation The coin Μ' slides down the first inclined portion upper region 1 〇6 and the second inclined portion upper region 107, and is locked by the first step portion 113 and the second step portion 114, and then the token Μ or 1C token Μ ' The first step portion 1 13 and the second step portion 1 1 4 are slid by gravity slidingly to the first token input port 108-1 and the second token input port 109-1 of the first input unit. . Token Μ or 1C Token Μ 'Along the first paragraph difference 1 13 and the second paragraph difference part 1 14 roll -47- 200911347, the token 1 or 1C token Μ ' is relative to the upper part of the first inclined wall The region 1 0 6 and the second inclined wall upper region 1 0 7 slide. That is, the player causes the token Μ or the 1C token Μ 'from the storage surface 101 along the first inclined wall lower region 104 and the first inclined wall upper region 106, and the second inclined wall lower region 105 and the second inclination The upper wall area 107 is slid and the hand is released, and the player can enter the token input port by hand to carry the token or the 1C token Μ to the token input port, so that the player can Perform a more relaxed hand movement. For this reason, even if the player continues to invest in tokens for a long time, the fatigue that the player feels can be greatly reduced. Moreover, since the spirit of the token is not depleted, the game itself can be concentrated and the game can be fully enjoyed. Further, since the input of the token is not easily automated, and the player's input operation is made easier, the player can perform the game for a long time while feeling the actual feeling of the game. Fig. 15 is a flow chart showing an example of a flow of control when the 1C token Μ is put into the token input mechanism 1 。.
控制部600係在1C讀取器1 09 — 9讀取記憶於被投入 至代幣投入機構100之1C代幣Μ’的1C晶片之各種資料 時（S 5 1)’首先’判斷從I c讀取器1 0 9 — 9接收之店舖ID 是否是有效的店舖ID(S52)。具體來說，參照記憶於 ROM603之有效店舖ID資料，判斷接收之店舖id是否一 致於有效店舖ID資料。在判斷店舖ID不是有效店舖ID 時’則進行使某種錯誤通知產生，或者將該IC代幣Μ ’ 在被搬送至第2抬升斗350爲止前回收，歸還給玩家的錯 誤處理（S53)。另一方面，在判斷店舖ID是有效店舖ID -48- 200911347 時，接著，判斷接收之有效期限資料所示之有效期限是否 已經過期（S54)。具體來說，參照記憶於RAM603之日期 資料、時刻資料或日時資料，判斷接收之有效期限資料所 示之有效期限是否超過日期資料、時刻資料或日時資料。 在判斷超過有效期限時，則進行使某種錯誤通知產生，或 者將該1C代幣Μ 在被搬送至第2抬升斗350爲止前回 收’歸還給玩家的錯誤處理（S 5 3 )。另一方面，在判斷是 有效期限內時’控制部600係進行依據從ic讀取器i 09 _ 9接收之代幣價値資料，控制第1抬升斗3 00，將其代 幣價値資料表示之代幣價値所相當之枚數份的代幣Μ，連 續地排出至遊玩場域5 0 0的處理（S 5 5 )。 再者，記憶於IC代幣Μ ’之IC晶片的有效期限資料 係使用第4抬升斗1050的1C寫入器1054寫入。藉此， 可在藉由第4抬升斗1〇5〇被支付給玩家之前，寫入有效 期限資料。結果’可將從IC代幣Μ ’交給玩家之時間點 開始計算之有效期限資料，寫入至IC晶片，可進行適切 的有效期限管理。 在此’於本實施形態1中，在投入通常代幣Μ之狀 況，控制部6 0 0亦控制第1抬升斗3 〇 〇，將代幣μ排出至 遊玩場域500，但是，投入通常代幣μ之狀況與投入1C 代幣Μ’之狀況’其排出目的地不同。具體來說，在投入 通常代幣Μ之狀況，係往遊玩場域500內之主台盤5〇1 上排出代幣Μ ’在投入1C代幣Μ’之狀況，則往遊玩場 域5 0 0內之推擠部5 1 0上面（亦即，副台盤5 1 1上）連續排 -49- 200911347 出代幣Μ。 如更詳細說明，於本實施形態1中，設置於通常代幣 排出部3 3 0之排出口的代幣排出路徑400係設置爲可左右 搖動，其搖動係藉由控制部6 0 0控制。然後，通常代幣Μ 被投入而檢測出其時，控制部600係以通常控制模式動 作。在該通常控制模式，係以代幣排出路徑400的出口朝 向遊玩場域500內之主台盤501的方向之方式，控制代幣 排出路徑400的搖動。又，在該通常控制模式，以在控制 代幣排出路徑400之朝向後，控制第1抬升斗3 00，使代 幣Μ從其代幣排出路徑400的出口排出之方式控制。 另一方面，在1C代幣Μ’被投入而檢測出其時，控 制部600係判斷達成特別控制模式轉移條件，作爲控制模 式切換手段而作用，將通常控制模式切換至特別控制模 式。藉此，控制部600係在特別控制模式下動作。在該特 別控制模式，係以代幣排出路徑400的出口朝向遊玩場域 5 00內之副台盤501的方向之方式，控制代幣排出路徑 4 00的搖動。又，在該特別控制模式，以在控制代幣排出 路徑400之朝向後，於前述S55中，控制第1抬升斗 3 00，使代幣Μ從其代幣排出路徑400的出口連續排出之 方式控制。 又，控制部600的控制裝置601係進行將記憶於 RAM603之1C代幣投入枚數的計數値加算「1」的處理 (S5 6)。然後，判斷其計數値是否成爲「3」（S57)。於該判 斷中，在判斷其計數値未成爲「3」時係直接結束處理。 -50- 200911347 另一方面’在判斷計數値成爲「3」時，則判斷達成彩金 (j ackpot)抽選的開始條件（特別遊戲控制模式允許條件）， 將前述計數値重設爲0後（S 5 8 )，遵從後述之圖2 2所示之 流程圖’進行彩金抽選般地控制（S 57)。再者，於後針對 在中央抽選裝置2000進行之彩金抽選加以詳細說明。 (中央抽選裝置的構造） 圖16係揭示中央抽選裝置2000之構造的前視圖。 圖17係揭示中央抽選裝置2000之構造的立體圖。 中央抽選裝置2000係主要由以下構件所構成：圓形 的旋轉搬送裝置2100;裝置支持台2200，係從垂直方向 下側支持旋轉搬送裝置2100;顯示器裝置23 00;大型球 投入機構2500，係投入大型抽選球2400 ;及搬送坡道 2600，係將從大型球投入機構25 00投入之大型抽選球 2400搬送至旋轉搬送裝置2100。 旋轉搬送裝置2100係藉由設置於裝置支持台2200之 未圖示的驅動裝置，往圖中逆時鐘方向旋轉驅動。藉由該 驅動裝置，旋轉搬送裝置2100係在本推幣遊戲機1啓動 電源之後時常以一定週期旋轉。於旋轉搬送裝置2100的 外周區域，係沿著其外周方向而複數形成具有僅可收容大 型抽選球2400約1個份的內部空間之保持空間F。在本 實施形態1，於旋轉搬送裝置2 1 0 0的外周區域，係以均 等間隔設置有2 0個保持空間F。各保持空間F係藉由旋 轉搬送裝置2100的旋轉，沿著旋轉搬送裝置2100的外周 -51 - 200911347 而旋繞移動。本實施形態1的旋轉搬送裝置2 1 00係該旋 轉軸對於垂直方向或對於水平方向皆爲傾斜。所以，各保 持空間F係即使對於垂直面或對於水平面皆沿著虛擬平面 而旋繞移動。 於旋轉搬送裝置2100之圖中左邊之邊側係設置有大 型球投入機構2 5 00。該大型球投入機構25 00係由以下構 件所構成：球回收口 2 5 1 0，係接收大型抽選球2 4 0 0 ;球 保持部2520，係支持從球回收口 2510接收大型抽選球 2400;及殼體253〇。進入球回收口 2510之大型抽選球 24 00係通過殼體2530之內部而藉由本身重量被搬送至球 保持部252〇，並藉由球保持部2520的球擋止器252 1被 擋止。該球擋止器2521係因應未圖示之中央抽選裝置 2000的控制部之控制，驅動於擋止大型抽選球2400之球 保持位置與釋放大型抽選球2400之球釋放位置之間。再 者’圖1 7係揭示將球擋止器2 5 2 1定位於球保持位置，而 大型抽選球2400被球保持部2520保持之狀態。 在球擋止器2 5 2 1從球保持位置移動至球釋放位置 時，被球保持部2 520保持之大型抽選球2400係藉由本身 重量滾入至搬送坡道2600。藉此，如圖16所示，大型抽 選球24 00係藉由本身重量滾動於該搬送坡道2600上，而 以該搬送坡道2600之最低點爲中心如鐘擺搬移動。該搬 送坡道2600係以該最低點作爲中心之一部份的區域鄰接 於旋轉搬送裝置2 1 〇 〇的保持空間F，該區域係以往旋轉 搬送裝置2100側傾斜之方式來構成。所以，搬送坡道 -52- 200911347 2 6 00上的大型抽選球之移動速度漸漸降低時，大型抽選 球240 0會進入藉由旋轉搬送裝置2100的旋轉而旋繞移動 之保持空間F中，鄰接於搬送坡道2600之任一的保持空 間F內。在本實施形態1，係以搬送坡道2600的最低點 是最往旋轉搬送裝置2100側傾斜之方式來構成，越接近 搬送坡道2600的最低點，則大型抽選球2400越容易進入 旋轉搬送裝置2 1 00的保持空間F。 於旋轉搬送裝置2 1 0 0的各保持空間F係如圖1 7所 示，用以檢測大型抽選球2400進入該保持空間F的球感 測器2 1 0 1。各球感測器2 1 0 1係連接中央抽選裝置2 0 0 0 之未圖示的控制部，而該檢測訊號係被發送至控制部。藉 此’中央抽選裝置2000的控制部係可掌握大型抽選球 2400進入哪個保持空間F。 於各保持空間F係分別分配有獎賞，於該等獎賞中， 在本實施形態1係包含彩金（jackpot)獎賞、事件獎賞、代 幣供給獎賞。在中央抽選裝置2000，係進行大型抽選球 2400進入哪個保持空間F之身爲特別遊戲的物理抽選（彩 金抽選）者。彩金獎賞係將彩金貯留枚數（支付量）份的代 幣Μ供給至達成該當彩金抽選之開始條件（特別遊戲控制 模式允許條件）的遊戲站部S Τ之遊玩場域5 0 0的獎賞。該 彩金貯留枚數係對於所定初始値（例如，5 0 0枚），在所有 遊戲站部S Τ每於投入代幣時，則累積加算相當於該代幣 投入枚數之一部份的枚數（例如，0 · 0 3枚）。在獲得該彩金 獎賞時，被供給至遊玩場域5 0 0之代幣枚數（亦即，彩金 -53- 200911347 貯留枚數）係設定成於本推幣遊戲機1中，1次最多可供 給至遊玩場域5 00的代幣枚數之最多數量。所以，在本推 幣遊戲機1進行遊玩之玩家係通常以獲得該彩金獎賞爲目 標而進行遊玩。 又，事件獎賞係在當選時而達成前述所定事件條件， 在之後的所定事件期間中，於達成該當彩金抽選的開始條 件之遊戲站部ST所屬之附屬設備部SA中，屬於該附屬 設備部SA的4個遊戲站部ST中任一所進行之在附屬設 備抽選裝置1 〇〇〇的物理抽選當選之當選賓果數字，即使 在其他3個遊戲站部ST亦作爲當選賓果數字而處理的獎 賞。 又，代幣供給獎賞係對達成該當彩金抽選的開始條件 之遊戲站部S T的遊玩場域5 0 0，供給規定枚數份之代幣 Μ的獎賞。再者，因爲獲得該代幣供給獎賞而被供給之代 幣枚數係少於彩金貯留枚數的初始値爲佳。 又，於中央抽選裝置2000的顯示器裝置2300，未進 行彩金抽選之期間係如圖1 8所示，在獲得現在的彩金貯 留枚數（亦即，現在彩金獎賞）時，則顯示表示對遊玩場域 5〇〇供給之代幣枚數的畫面。另一方面，進行彩金抽選之 期間中，係顯示該彩金抽選的表演畫面。 於開始彩金抽選時係藉由未圖示之驅動裝置，裝置支 持台2200本身以平行於垂直方向之旋轉軸作爲中心旋 轉，以對於達成該彩金抽選的開始條件之遊戲站部S Τ所 屬之附屬設備部SA而中央抽選裝置2000朝向正面的方 -54 - 200911347 式來驅動。之後，進行彩金抽選。而關於該彩金抽選係於^ 後詳述。 (遊戲控制系的構造） 圖1 9係揭示本推幣遊戲機1的遊戲控制系與代幣M 或1C代幣Μ’的排出控制系之主要構造的區塊圖。再 者，該區塊圖係因爲便利說明，省略代幣Μ或1C代幣 Μ’的排出關係以外之驅動控制系等，例如因應遊戲進行 而用以驅動各部之驅動控制系等的構造。 本實施形態1之遊戲控制系的構造係主要由以下構件 所構成：遊戲站部ST的控制部600;附屬設備抽選裝置 1 000的控制部 610 ;及中央抽選裝置 2000的控制部 620。遊戲站部ST的控制部600係主要擔任上述之吃角子 老虎遊戲及賓果遊戲的整體進行控制，附屬設備抽選裝置 1 000的控制部6 1 0係主要擔任前述之賓果遊戲的物理抽 選之控制及球Bl、Β2的搬送控制，中央抽選裝置2000 的控制部620係主要擔任前述彩金抽選的控制。 遊戲站部ST的控制部600係主要由作爲通常遊戲控 制手段的控制裝置 601、ROM602、RAM603及通訊裝置 604所構成。控制裝置601係執行記憶於ROM602之各種 程式，並進行各種控制。尤其，控制裝置60 1係利用藉由 其內部電腦執行記憶於ROM602之推幣遊戲用的執行程 式，進行推幣遊戲所需之各種控制，控制推幣遊戲的進 行。ROM602係記憶有應在遊戲站部ST的控制部600進 -55- 200911347 行之各種控制的執行程式。RAM6O3係暫時記憶各種資料 或資訊者。通訊裝置604係用以在附屬設備抽選裝置 1 0 00的控制部6 1 0之間進行資料通訊者。 附屬設備抽選裝置1 〇 0 〇的控制部6 1 0係主要由控制 裝置61 1、ROM612、RAM613、遊戲站側通訊裝置614及 中央側通訊裝置6 1 5所構成。控制裝置6 1 1係執行記憶於 R Ο Μ 6 1 2之各種程式，並進行各種控制。R 〇 Μ 6 1 2係記憶 有應在附屬設備抽選裝置1 000的控制部610進行之各種 控制的執行程式。RAM 6 1 3係暫時記憶各種資料或資訊 者。遊戲站側通訊裝置6 1 4係用以在屬於該當附屬設備部 SA之各遊戲站部ST的控制部600之間進行資料通訊者。 中央側通訊裝置615係用以在中央抽選裝置2000的控制 部620之間進行資料通訊者。 中央抽選裝置200的控制部620係主要由作爲特別遊 戲控制手段的控制裝置62 1、ROM622、作爲共用資料記 憶手段的RAM623及通訊裝置624所構成。控制裝置621 係執行記憶於ROM622之各種程式，並進行各種控制。尤 其，控制裝置6 2 1係利用藉由其內部電腦執行記憶於 ROM622之彩金抽選用的執行程式，進行彩金抽選所需之 各種控制，控制彩金抽選的進行。ROM622係記憶有應在 中央抽選裝置2000的控制部620進行之各種控制的執行 程式。RAM 6 2 3係暫時記憶包含身爲共用資料之彩金貯留 枚數資料的各種資料或資訊者。通訊裝置624係用以在與 各附屬設備部SA的控制部6 1 0之間進行資料通訊者。 -56- 200911347 以上之構造係爲遊戲站部ST的控制部600、附屬設 備抽選裝置1 000的控制部610及中央抽選裝置2000的控 制部62 0直列連接之範例，但是，將該等控制部600、 610、620相互並列（star型及bus型）連接亦可。 (吃角子老虎遊戲的流程） 接著，針對本實施形態1之在推幣遊戲機1的各遊戲 站部ST進行之吃角子老虎遊戲的流程加以說明。 圖20係揭示本實施形態1的吃角子老虎遊戲之流程 的流程圖。 玩家將貯留面101上的代幣Μ或1C代幣M’以上述 方式投入至第1代幣投入口 108— 1及第2代幣投入口 1 0 9 — 1時，則代幣Μ會朝遊玩場域內的副台盤5 1 1上被 送出。然後，副台盤511上的代幣Μ或1C代幣Μ ’中一 部份滑落傾斜台盤5 1 2，進入設置於傾斜台盤5 1 2的卡盤 515-1、515—2、515— 3之任一而藉由未圖示之代幣檢 測手段檢測出時，該檢測訊號係被發送至遊戲站部ST的 控制部600之控制裝置601，而控制裝置6 01掌握代幣Μ 進入卡盤 515—1、515— 2、515— 3之任一（S1)。藉此， 控制裝置601判斷已達成吃角子老虎遊戲的開始條件，並 執行記憶於ROM602之抽選程式，而進行已產生之亂數對 照所定當選表格而決定是否當選上述之任一獎項或落選的 數位抽選（S2)。又，控制裝置601係進行使顯示於顯示部 7 00之圖4所示之吃角子老虎用遊戲畫面的3個骰子狀吃 -57- 200911347 角子老虎DS旋轉的顯示控制之同時，於在數位抽選決定 當選獎項時係以於顯示部700停止顯示關於該當選獎項之 圖案的組合之方式，進行使3個骰子狀吃角子老虎DS的 旋轉停止（S 3 )。 在前述數位抽選被決定並無當選任一獎項時（S4)，控 制裝置601係直接結束吃角子老虎遊戲。 另一方面，當選小型獎項A時（S5)，控制裝置601係 控制第1抬升斗3 0 0的通常代幣排出部3 3 0，將3枚代幣 Μ供給至遊玩場域5 00 (S 6)。再者，在本實施形態1，作 爲用以將代幣Μ排出至遊玩場域5 0 0內的機構，針對兼 用於玩家投入貯留面1 01上的代幣Μ時，送出代幣Μ至 遊玩場域5 00內之副台盤5 1 1上的第i抬升斗3 00之狀況 加以說明，但是，使用與第1抬升斗3 〇 〇不同之其他機構 亦可。在使用其他機構之狀況，可採用與第1抬升斗3〇〇 相同的構造。 又’在當選小型獎項B時（S 7)，控制裝置601係控制 身爲特殊代幣排出機構的第2抬升斗3 5 0的I C代幣排出 部3 8 0，將3枚IC代幣Μ ’供給至遊玩場域5 0 0 (S 8)。 在此’於本實施形態丨中，設置有作爲在控制部600 之控制裝置6 0 1的控制下，對預先裝載於ic代幣排出部 3 8 0之1C代幣的ic晶片’寫入從控制部6〇0的控制裝置 6〇1命令之電子資料的資料寫入手段之ic寫入器39〇。於 本貫施形態1中，控制裝置6 0 1係在當選小型獎項β時， 將記憶於排出至遊玩場域5 〇 〇之各IC代幣Μ ’的IC晶片 -58- 200911347 之代幣價値資料，遵從所定代幣價値決定條件而適切改寫 後，排出至遊玩場域500。作爲所定代幣價値決定條件’ 係例如可採用改寫成藉由亂數等在抽選被決定之代幣價値 資料之條件。又，亦可採用改寫成爲了使該推幣遊戲機 1、附屬設備部SA或遊戲站部ST之實際選出率’接近目 標選出率而決定之代幣價値資料之條件。在採用該條件之 狀況，實際選出率低於目標選出率時，使寫入至排出之 IC代幣Μ ’的代幣價値資料變大，相反地，實際選出率 高於目標選出率時，則使寫入至排出之1C代幣Μ’的代 幣價値資料變小。 再者，所定代幣價値決定條件係不限定於以上例示之 條件，亦可採用其他條件。又，1C寫入器3 90係不一定 需要設置。 又，當選通常獎金獎項時（S9)，控制裝置601係控制 第1抬升斗3 0 0的通常代幣排出部3 3 0，將3 0枚代幣Μ 供給至遊玩場域5 0 0 (S 1 0 — 1)。又，控制裝置6 0 1係作爲 在之後的數位抽選所使用之當選表，以使用當選機率設定 爲較低之通常當選表之方式來設定變更（S10 - 2)。 又’當選確變獎金獎項時（SI 1)，控制裝置601係控 制第1抬升斗3 00的通常代幣排出部3 3 0，將30枚代幣 Μ供給至遊玩場域5 0 0 ( S 1 2 - 1)。又，控制裝置6 0 1係作 爲在之後的數位抽選所使用之當選表，以使用當選機率設 定爲較高之高機率當選表之方式來設定變更（S12 - 2)。 又’當選球供給獎項時（S 13)，控制裝置601係將針 -59- 200911347 對球B 1的球供給命令輸出至附屬設備抽選裝置1 〇〇 〇 制部6 1 0的控制裝置6 1 1。藉此，球Β 1從球供給 1300被交付至球載具1520’而球Β1又從該球載具 被交付至當選該當球供給獎項之遊戲站部S Τ的球投 構1800。被交付至球投入機構ι8〇〇之球Β1係藉由 入坡道1801之擋止器1 8 02而被暫時保持。然後，在 按下按鍵1 6 0，控制裝置6 0 1接收該操作訊號之時機 制裝置601係從擋止器1802釋放球Β1，而球Β1係 球投入坡道1801上，被交付至球投入位置抽選 1 8 1 0。然後’在該球投入位置抽選機構1 8丨〇，進行 玩場域5 0 0上之球供給位置的抽選，球β1被供給至 盤5 0 1上之深側或跟前側之任一（S 1 4 )。該球投入位 選機構1 8 1 0係具有球Β 1、B 2可通過之球接收口以 入坡道1 8 0 1的最低點爲中心而來回移動於跟前側與 之間的構造。在球進入球接收口時，該球係被供給至 盤5 0 1上的跟前側，而在球不進入球接收口時，該球 供給至主台盤5 0 1上的深側。球被供給至主台盤50 i 跟前側時，相較於球被供給至主台盤5 0 1上的深側 況，因爲到代幣落下溝爲止的移動距離較短，故容易 球Β 1落下代幣落下溝，亦容易達成賓果遊戲的開 件。所以，玩家係以推測使用擋止器1 802保持之球I 入球投入位置抽選機構1 8 1 0的球接收口之時機而按 鍵160之方式來進行遊玩。 又，當選直接附屬設備獎項時（S 15)，控制裝置 之控 機構 1520 入機 球投 玩家 ，控 滾落 機構 對遊 主台 置抽 球投 深側 主台 係被 上的 之狀 使該 始條 U進 下按 60 1 -60- 200911347 係將針對球B 1的球供給命令輸出至附屬設備抽選裝置 1 000之控制部6 1 0的控制裝置6 1 1。藉此，球B 1係從球 供給機構1300被交付至球載具1520。之後，球載具1520 係移動至與平台球投入機構1600對向之位置，將球B1交 付至平台球投入機構1 60 0的承受盤1610。然後，在玩家 按下按鍵160’控制裝置601接收該操作訊號之時機，控 制部601係將球投入命令輸出至附屬設備抽選裝置1〇〇〇 之控制部6 1 0的控制裝置6 1 1。藉此，球B 1係經由球投 入路徑1 1 1 0而被投入至外側賓果平台1 1 〇 〇，進行物理抽 選。又，當選直接附屬設備獎項時，控制裝置60 1係作爲 達成賓果遊戲的開始條件，而開始後述之賓果遊戲 (S20) ° (賓果遊戲的流程） 接著，針對本實施形態1之在推幣遊戲機1的各遊戲 站部ST進行之賓果遊戲的流程加以說明。 圖2 1係揭示本實施形態1之賓果遊戲之流程的流程 圖。 在本實施形態1的賓果遊戲，達成球Bl、B2落入代 幣落下溝或在上述之吃角子老虎遊戲當選直接附屬設備獎 項之任一賓果遊戲的開始條件時（S2 1)’遊戲站部ST之控 制部600的控制裝置601則執行記憶於ROM602之賓果執 行程式，而開始賓果遊戲。具體來說’控制裝置6 0 1係首 先將顯示於顯示部700之圖4所示之吃角子老虎用遊戲畫 -61 - 200911347 面切換爲圖5所示之賓果用遊戲畫面’進行該顯示控 (S22)。在此，顯示於賓果用遊戲畫面之賓果卡片畫像 爲根據在過去任意時機產生之排列資訊者。產生排列資 的時機係可舉出本推幣遊戲機1的開啓電源時、未圖示 重設按鍵的操作時及在過去之賓果遊戲成立賓果時等。 本實施形態1，舉出在賓果遊戲成立賓果時產生排列 訊，而將此與過去之排列資訊置換之狀況爲例加以說明 又，控制裝置60 1係達成賓果遊戲的開始條件時， 將賓果開始命令輸出至附屬設備抽選裝置1000之控制 6 1 0的控制裝置6 1 1。藉此，控制裝置 6 1 1係使球載 1 520移動至與接收該命令之遊戲站部ST的球搬運機 1 900之球搬運部行走坡道1901的出口對向之位置。又 控制裝置601係控制球搬運機構1 900，並將落下至代 落下溝之球B 1、B2，從球搬運部行走坡道1 90 1搬送至 載具1 5 20。之後，如上述般，附屬設備抽選裝置1〇〇〇 控制部610的控制裝置611係使球載具1 520移動至平 球投入機構1 600的對向位置，因應該球Bl、B2的 類，控制平台球投入機構1 6 0 0而將球B 1、B 2投入至 側賓果平台1100或內側賓果平台1200(S23)。 被投入至外側賓果平台1 1 0 0或內側賓果平台1 2 0 0 球Bl、B2進入任一之得獎點11〇1、1201時，該訊號 被發送至附屬設備抽選裝置1 000之控制部6 1 0的控制 置6 1 1。藉此’控制裝置6 1 1係辨識球B 1、B 2進入哪 得獎點 1 1 〇 1、1 2 〇 1。 制 BC 訊 之 在 資 〇 則 部 具 構 ， 幣 球 之 台 種 外 的 係 裝 個 -62- 200911347 球B1、B2進入之得獎點1101、1201爲被分配有賓 果數字之得獎點時，附屬設備抽選裝置1 000之控制部 6 1 〇的控制裝置6 1 1則將表示該被分配之賓果數字的資 訊，輸出至達成該當賓果遊戲的開始條件之遊戲站部ST 之控制部600的控制裝置60 1。接收該資訊之控制裝置 60 1係於作爲記憶手段之RAM603內的當選賓果數字記憶 區域，將關於該資訊之賓果數字作爲當選賓果數字而加以 記憶。再者，於該當選賓果數字記憶區域係累積記憶有產 生對應該當遊戲站部S T之排列資訊後的當選賓果數字。 然後’控制裝置60 1係作爲判定手段而作用，則參考記憶 於該當選賓果數字記憶區域之所有當選賓果數字與記憶於 RAM 6 0 3內之排列資訊記憶區域的該當排列資訊，進行該 排列資訊所示之賓果卡片上，作爲「1」〜「9」的賓果數 字之排列的卡片排列（抽選對象排列）上之該當所有當選賓 果數字之排列是否爲特定排列的賓果判定（S25)。再者， 本實施形態1之特定排列係3 X 3的賓果卡片上之縱、 橫、斜之列，總計有8列。 本實施形態1中，於各特定排列係分配有將所定枚數 的1C代幣M’支付至遊玩場域500的1C代幣支付獎賞、 將球B 1供給至遊玩場域5 0 0之通常球供給獎賞、及將球 B2供給至遊玩場域5 00之特別球供給獎賞之任—。於前 述賓果判定中，在控制裝置6 0 1判定不爲特定排列時 (即，未成立賓果時’ S2 5的No)，則結束賓果遊戲。 另一方面’控制裝置6 0 1係於判定賓果成立（s 2 5的 -63 - 200911347The control unit 600 reads the various materials stored in the 1C chip of the 1C token 投入' put into the token input mechanism 100 at the 1C reader 109-9 (S 5 1) 'First' judges from I c The reader 1 0 9-9 receives whether the shop ID is a valid shop ID (S52). Specifically, referring to the valid shop ID data stored in the ROM 603, it is judged whether or not the received shop id is consistent with the valid shop ID data. When it is determined that the shop ID is not a valid shop ID, an error notification is generated, or the IC token ’ is collected before being transported to the second lift hopper 350, and returned to the player for error processing (S53). On the other hand, when it is judged that the shop ID is the valid shop ID -48-200911347, it is next determined whether the expiration date indicated by the received expiration date data has expired (S54). Specifically, referring to the date data, time data or time-of-day data stored in the RAM 603, it is judged whether the expiration date of the received expiration date data exceeds the date data, the time data or the time-time data. When it is judged that the expiration date has expired, an error processing for causing an error notification to occur or returning the 1C token to the player before being transported to the second elevator 350 is performed (S 5 3 ). On the other hand, when it is judged that it is within the expiration date, the control unit 600 controls the first lifting bucket 3 00 based on the token price data received from the ic reader i 09 -9, and displays the token price 値 data. The tokens corresponding to the token price are continuously discharged to the processing of the game field 500 (S 5 5 ). Further, the expiration date data of the IC chip stored in the IC token ’ ' is written by the 1C writer 1054 of the fourth lift hopper 1050. Thereby, the expiration date data can be written before being paid to the player by the fourth lifting bucket 1〇5〇. As a result, the expiration date data which can be calculated from the time point when the IC token 交 is handed over to the player is written to the IC chip, and the appropriate expiration date management can be performed. Here, in the first embodiment, the control unit 600 also controls the first lift 3 〇〇 to discharge the token μ to the play field 500, but the normal generation is performed. The status of the currency μ is different from the destination of the 1C token. Specifically, in the case of the usual tokens, the tokens are discharged to the main tray 5〇1 in the play field 500, and the situation is "into the 1C tokens", and then the field is played. The push portion 5 1 0 in the 0 (ie, on the sub-disc 5 1 1) is continuously discharged -49- 200911347. As described in more detail, in the first embodiment, the token discharge path 400 provided at the discharge port of the normal token discharge portion 333 is provided to be swingable left and right, and the shake is controlled by the control unit 600. Then, when the token is normally thrown in and detected, the control unit 600 operates in the normal control mode. In the normal control mode, the shaking of the token discharge path 400 is controlled such that the outlet of the token discharge path 400 faces the direction of the main pallet 501 in the play field 500. Further, in the normal control mode, after the direction of the token discharge path 400 is controlled, the first lift hopper 3 00 is controlled to control the discharge of the token Μ from the outlet of the token discharge path 400. On the other hand, when the 1C token Μ is input and detected, the control unit 600 determines that the special control mode transition condition is reached, and functions as a control mode switching means, and switches the normal control mode to the special control mode. Thereby, the control unit 600 operates in the special control mode. In this special control mode, the shaking of the token discharge path 400 is controlled such that the outlet of the token discharge path 400 faces the direction of the sub-disc 501 in the play field 5 00. Further, in the special control mode, after the direction of the token discharge path 400 is controlled, the first lift bucket 3 00 is controlled in the above S55, and the token is continuously discharged from the outlet of the token discharge path 400. control. Further, the control device 601 of the control unit 600 performs a process of adding "1" to the count 値 of the number of 1C tokens stored in the RAM 603 (S56). Then, it is judged whether or not the count 値 becomes "3" (S57). In this determination, when it is judged that the count 値 has not become "3", the processing is directly ended. -50- 200911347 On the other hand, when the judgment count 値 becomes "3", it is judged that the start condition of the lottery (jackpot) lottery (special game control mode permission condition) is reached, and the count 値 is reset to 0 ( S 5 8 ) is controlled in the same manner as the flowchart shown in FIG. 2 2 described later (S 57). Further, the lottery lottery performed by the central drawing device 2000 will be described in detail later. (Configuration of Central Draw Device) FIG. 16 is a front view showing the configuration of the center lottery device 2000. Figure 17 is a perspective view showing the configuration of the central drawing device 2000. The central drawing device 2000 is mainly composed of the following members: a circular rotary conveying device 2100; a device supporting table 2200 that supports the rotary conveying device 2100 from the lower side in the vertical direction; a display device 23 00; and a large ball input mechanism 2500. The large drawing ball 2400 and the conveying ramp 2600 are transported to the rotary conveying device 2100 from the large drawing ball 2400 into which the large ball input mechanism 25 00 is put. The rotary transfer device 2100 is rotationally driven in the counterclockwise direction by a drive device (not shown) provided on the device support table 2200. With this drive means, the rotary transfer device 2100 is often rotated at a constant cycle after the pusher game machine 1 is powered on. In the outer peripheral region of the rotary transfer device 2100, a holding space F having an internal space capable of accommodating only about 1 part of the large drawing ball 2400 is formed in the outer peripheral direction. In the first embodiment, 20 holding spaces F are provided at equal intervals in the outer peripheral region of the rotary transfer device 2100. Each of the holding spaces F is wound and moved along the outer circumference -51 - 200911347 of the rotary conveying device 2100 by the rotation of the rotary conveying device 2100. In the rotary transfer device 2 100 of the first embodiment, the rotary shaft is inclined in the vertical direction or in the horizontal direction. Therefore, each of the holding spaces F is wound around the virtual plane even for the vertical plane or for the horizontal plane. A large ball input mechanism 2 500 is provided on the left side of the figure of the rotary conveying device 2100. The large ball input mechanism 25 00 is composed of the following components: a ball recovery port 2 5 1 0, receiving a large drawing ball 2400; a ball holding portion 2520, supporting receiving a large drawing ball 2400 from the ball recovery port 2510; And the housing 253〇. The large drawing ball 24 00 entering the ball recovery port 2510 is conveyed to the ball holding portion 252 藉 by its own weight through the inside of the casing 2530, and is stopped by the ball stopper 252 1 of the ball holding portion 2520. The ball stopper 2521 is driven between the ball holding position for blocking the large drawing ball 2400 and the ball releasing position for releasing the large drawing ball 2400, under the control of the control unit of the center drawing device 2000 (not shown). Further, Fig. 17 shows a state in which the ball stopper 2 5 2 1 is positioned at the ball holding position, and the large drawing ball 2400 is held by the ball holding portion 2520. When the ball stopper 2 5 2 1 is moved from the ball holding position to the ball releasing position, the large drawing ball 2400 held by the ball holding portion 2 520 is rolled onto the conveying ramp 2600 by its own weight. As a result, as shown in Fig. 16, the large-sized drawing ball 240 is rolled on the conveying ramp 2600 by its own weight, and is moved like a pendulum centering on the lowest point of the conveying ramp 2600. The conveyance ramp 2600 is a portion in which the lowest point is a center portion adjacent to the holding space F of the rotary conveyance device 2 1 〇 , and the region is configured such that the conventional rotary conveyance device 2100 is inclined. Therefore, when the moving speed of the large drawing ball on the transport ramp-52-200911347 2 6 00 gradually decreases, the large drawing ball 240 0 enters the holding space F that is wound by the rotation of the rotary conveying device 2100, adjacent to The inside of the holding space F of any of the ramps 2600 is transported. In the first embodiment, the lowest point of the transport ramp 2600 is inclined so as to be inclined toward the most rotating conveyor 2100 side, and the closer to the lowest point of the transport ramp 2600, the easier the large drawing ball 2400 enters the rotary transporting device. 2 1 00 holding space F. Each of the holding spaces F of the rotary transfer unit 2 1 0 0 is used to detect the ball sensor 2 1 0 1 in which the large drawing ball 2400 enters the holding space F as shown in Fig. 17 . Each of the ball sensors 2 1 0 1 is connected to a control unit (not shown) of the central drawing device 200, and the detection signal is transmitted to the control unit. By this, the control unit of the central drawing device 2000 can grasp which holding space F the large drawing ball 2400 enters. In each of the holding spaces F, a prize is assigned, and in the first embodiment, the jackpot prize, the event prize, and the token supply prize are included in the first embodiment. In the central drawing device 2000, the large-sized drawing ball 2400 is entered into which holding space F is the physical drawing (color drawing) of the special game. The bonus prize is supplied to the game station section S Τ 5 5 5 5 5 5 5 5 5 5 5 5 5 5 5 5 5 5 5 5 5 5 5 5 5 游戏 游戏 游戏 游戏 游戏 游戏 游戏 游戏 游戏 游戏 游戏 游戏 游戏 游戏Reward. The number of prizes stored in the lottery is calculated for each of the station stations S Τ Τ 投入 Τ Τ Τ Τ Τ Τ Τ 在 在 在 所有 所有 所有 所有 所有 所有 所有 所有 所有 所有 所有 所有 所有 所有 所有 所有 所有 所有 所有 所有 所有 所有 所有 所有The number of pieces (for example, 0 · 0 3 pieces). When the prize is awarded, the number of tokens supplied to the play field 500 (that is, the number of coins - 53 - 200911347 stored) is set to be one in the push coin game machine 1 The maximum number of tokens that can be supplied to the play field of 500 00. Therefore, the player who plays in the coin game machine 1 usually plays the prize for the prize. In addition, the event award is achieved at the time of the election, and in the subsequent event period, the accessory device unit SA to which the game station unit ST to which the start condition of the lottery lottery is reached belongs to the accessory device unit. The physical lottery selected by any of the four game station units ST of the SA is selected as the elected bingo number, even if the other three game station units ST are treated as the elected bingo numbers. Reward. Further, the token supply bonus is a prize for a predetermined number of tokens to be supplied to the play field 500 of the game station unit S T which is the start condition of the lottery lottery. Furthermore, it is preferable that the number of tokens to be supplied is less than the initial amount of the number of coins stored in the credit supply prize. Further, in the display device 2300 of the central drawing device 2000, the period in which the lottery lottery is not performed is as shown in FIG. 18, and when the current lottery number of the lottery (that is, the current lottery prize) is obtained, the display is displayed. The screen of the number of tokens supplied to the play field 5〇〇. On the other hand, during the period in which the lottery is selected, the performance screen of the lottery is displayed. At the start of the lottery drawing, the device support table 2200 itself rotates around the rotation axis parallel to the vertical direction by the driving device (not shown), so that the game station portion S 达成 which is the starting condition for achieving the lottery lottery belongs to The accessory device unit SA is driven by the central drawing device 2000 toward the front side -54 - 200911347. After that, the lottery is selected. The details of the lottery are described in detail after ^. (Structure of Game Control System) Fig. 1 is a block diagram showing the main structure of the game control system of the push coin game machine 1 and the discharge control system of the token M or 1C token. In addition, the block diagram is a structure in which a drive control system other than the discharge relationship of the token or the 1C token Μ' is omitted, for example, a drive control system for driving each unit in response to the progress of the game. The structure of the game control system according to the first embodiment is mainly composed of a control unit 600 of the game station unit ST, a control unit 610 of the accessory drawing device 1 000, and a control unit 620 of the center drawing device 2000. The control unit 600 of the game station unit ST mainly controls the overall operation of the above-mentioned slot games and bingo games, and the control unit 610 of the accessory device lottery device 1 000 mainly serves as the physical selection of the aforementioned bingo game. The control and the conveyance control of the balls Bl and Β2 are controlled by the control unit 620 of the central drawing device 2000 mainly for the control of the lottery lottery. The control unit 600 of the station portion ST is mainly composed of a control device 601, a ROM 602, a RAM 603, and a communication device 604 which are normal game control means. The control device 601 executes various programs stored in the ROM 602 and performs various controls. In particular, the control device 60 1 controls the execution of the push-pull game by performing various control functions required for the push-to-do game by executing the execution program for the push-to-do game stored in the ROM 602 by its internal computer. The ROM 602 stores an execution program of various controls to be executed in the control unit 600 of the station portion ST in the range of -55 to 200911347. RAM6O3 is a temporary memory of various materials or information. The communication device 604 is for performing a data communication between the control units 61 of the accessory device lottery device 100. The control unit 6 1 0 of the accessory device drawing device 1 主要 0 主要 is mainly composed of the control device 61 1 , the ROM 612 , the RAM 613 , the game station side communication device 614 , and the center side communication device 6 1 5 . The control device 6 1 1 executes various programs stored in R Ο Μ 6 1 2 and performs various controls. R 〇 Μ 6 1 2 MEMORY There is an execution program for various controls to be performed by the control unit 610 of the accessory device drawing device 1000. RAM 6 1 3 is a temporary memory of various materials or information. The station side communication device 6-1 is for performing data communication between the control units 600 belonging to the respective station units ST of the accessory device unit SA. The central side communication device 615 is for performing data communication between the control units 620 of the central drawing device 2000. The control unit 620 of the central drawing device 200 is mainly composed of a control device 62 1 as a special game control means, a ROM 622, a RAM 623 as a shared material recording means, and a communication device 624. The control device 621 executes various programs stored in the ROM 622 and performs various controls. In particular, the control device 622 controls the execution of the lottery lottery by performing various controls required for lottery drawing by executing an execution program stored in the ROM 622 by its internal computer. The ROM 622 stores an execution program for various controls to be performed by the control unit 620 of the central drawing device 2000. RAM 6 2 3 temporarily stores various materials or information that contain the amount of data stored in the winnings of the shared data. The communication device 624 is for performing a data communication with the control unit 610 of each accessory device unit SA. -56- 200911347 The above structure is an example in which the control unit 600 of the station portion ST, the control unit 610 of the accessory drawing device 1 000, and the control unit 62 0 of the center drawing device 2000 are connected in series, but the control unit is connected. 600, 610, 620 are juxtaposed with each other (star type and bus type). (Flow of the slot machine game) Next, the flow of the slot machine game performed by each of the game station units ST of the pusher game machine 1 according to the first embodiment will be described. Fig. 20 is a flow chart showing the flow of the slot machine game of the first embodiment. When the player puts the token Μ or 1C token M' on the storage surface 101 into the first token input port 108-1 and the second token input port 1 0 9-1 in the above manner, the token Μ will face The sub-platform 5 1 1 in the play field is sent out. Then, a part of the token Μ or 1C token Μ on the sub-platter 511 slides down the tilting table 5 1 2, and enters the chucks 515-1, 515-2, 515 provided on the tilting table 5 1 2 . When any one of the three is detected by the token detecting means (not shown), the detection signal is transmitted to the control device 601 of the control unit 600 of the station portion ST, and the control device 610 grasps the token entry. Any of the chucks 515-1, 515-2, 515-3 (S1). Thereby, the control device 601 determines that the start condition of the slot machine game has been reached, and executes the lottery program stored in the ROM 602, and performs the random number generated to determine whether to win the above-mentioned one of the awards or the selected number. Lottery (S2). Further, the control device 601 performs display control for rotating the three scorpion-like singer-57-200911347 Slots DS displayed on the game screen for the slot machine shown in FIG. 4 of the display unit 00. When the selection of the prize is decided, the display unit 700 stops displaying the combination of the patterns of the selected prizes, and the rotation of the three scorpion-shaped slot machines DS is stopped (S 3 ). When the aforementioned digital lottery is determined not to select one of the awards (S4), the control device 601 directly ends the slot game. On the other hand, when the small prize A is selected (S5), the control device 601 controls the normal token discharge unit 3 3 0 of the first lift bucket 300 to supply the three tokens to the play field 5 00 (S 6). Further, in the first embodiment, as a mechanism for discharging the tokens into the play field 500, the tokens are sent to the play when the player inputs the tokens on the storage surface 101. The state of the i-th lift bucket 3 00 on the sub-disc 5 1 1 in the field 500 may be described. However, another mechanism different from the first lift bucket 3 may be used. In the case of using other mechanisms, the same structure as that of the first lift bucket 3 can be employed. In addition, when the small prize B is elected (S7), the control device 601 controls the IC token discharge unit 380 of the second lift bucket 350 as a special token discharge mechanism, and three IC tokens. 'Supply to the play field 5 0 0 (S 8). Here, in the present embodiment, an ic wafer 'written to the 1C token that is previously loaded in the ic token discharge unit 380 is provided as a control device 610 under the control unit 600. The control unit 6〇0 of the control unit 〇0 commands the ic writer 39 of the data writing means of the electronic data. In the present embodiment 1, the control device 610 is stored in the IC chip-58-200911347, which is stored in the IC tokens of the game field 5 when the small prize β is elected. The data is appropriately rewritten in accordance with the predetermined token price/decision conditions, and then discharged to the play field 500. As the predetermined token price determination condition, for example, it may be rewritten as a condition for deciding the determined token price data by random number or the like. Further, it is also possible to rewrite the condition of the token price data determined by the actual selection rate of the pusher game machine 1, the accessory device unit SA or the game station unit ST close to the target selection rate. In the case where the condition is adopted, when the actual selection rate is lower than the target selection rate, the data of the token price written to the discharged IC token 变 ' becomes larger, and conversely, when the actual selection rate is higher than the target selection rate, The token price data of the 1C token Μ' written to the discharge is made smaller. Furthermore, the conditions for determining the price of the tokens are not limited to the conditions exemplified above, and other conditions may be employed. Also, the 1C writer 3 90 does not necessarily need to be provided. Further, when the normal bonus prize is selected (S9), the control device 601 controls the normal token discharge unit 3 3 0 of the first lift bucket 300, and supplies 30 tokens 游 to the play field 5 0 0 (S 1 0 — 1). Further, the control device 610 is used as a selection table for subsequent digital drawing, and the setting is changed by using the normal selection table whose selection probability is set to be lower (S10-2). In addition, when the winner prize is awarded (SI 1), the control device 601 controls the normal token discharge unit 3 3 0 of the first lift bucket 3 00, and supplies 30 tokens to the play field 5 0 0 (S 1 2 - 1). Further, the control means 610 is used as the stipulation table for the subsequent digital lottery, and the setting is changed by using the high probability rate selection table whose selection probability is set to be high (S12-2). Further, when the ball is awarded the prize (S 13), the control device 601 outputs the ball supply command of the ball B 1 to the control device 6 1 of the auxiliary device drawing device 1 1 . 1. Thereby, the racquet 1 is delivered from the ball supply 1300 to the ball carrier 1520' and the racquet 1 is again delivered from the ball carrier to the ball 1800 of the game station portion S 当 which is elected as the ball for the award. The ball 1 that has been delivered to the ball input mechanism is temporarily held by the stopper 1 8 02 of the ramp 1801. Then, when the button 160 is pressed, the control device 601 receives the operation signal, the mechanism device 601 releases the ball 1 from the stopper 1802, and the ball 1 is thrown onto the ramp 1801, and is delivered to the ball. Position selection 1 8 1 0. Then, 'the ball is put into the position drawing mechanism 1 8 丨〇, and the ball supply position of the field field 500 is selected, and the ball β1 is supplied to either the deep side or the front side of the disk 501 (S 1 4 ). The ball inputting mechanism 1 8 1 0 has a structure in which the ball Β 1 and B 2 can move back and forth between the front side and the center through the ball receiving port at the lowest point of the ramp 1 800. When the ball enters the ball receiving port, the ball is supplied to the front side on the disk 501, and when the ball does not enter the ball receiving port, the ball is supplied to the deep side on the main table 501. When the ball is supplied to the front side of the main table 50 i, the ball is fed to the deep side of the main table 501, and since the moving distance to the ditch is short, the ball 1 is easy. It is easy to reach the opening of the bingo game by dropping the token into the ditch. Therefore, the player performs the play by pressing the key 160 at the timing of putting the ball I held by the stopper 1 802 into the ball receiving port of the position drawing mechanism 1 8 1 0. Moreover, when the direct accessory equipment award is elected (S 15), the control device 1520 enters the ball pitching player, and the controlled rolling mechanism sets the ball to the main station to cast the ball to the deep side of the main station. The bar U is pressed 60 1 -60- 200911347 to output a ball supply command for the ball B 1 to the control device 6 1 1 of the control unit 6 1 0 of the accessory device drawing device 1 000. Thereby, the ball B 1 is delivered from the ball supply mechanism 1300 to the ball carrier 1520. Thereafter, the ball carrier 1520 is moved to a position opposite to the platform ball input mechanism 1600, and the ball B1 is delivered to the receiving disk 1610 of the platform ball input mechanism 1 60 0. Then, when the player presses the button 160' to control the operation signal of the operation signal 601, the control unit 601 outputs a ball input command to the control unit 6 1 1 of the control unit 6 1 0 of the accessory device drawing device 1 . Thereby, the ball B 1 is put into the outer bingo platform 1 1 〇 经由 via the ball throwing path 1 1 1 0 to perform physical drawing. Further, when the direct accessory device award is selected, the control device 60 1 starts the bingo game (S20) described later as a start condition for achieving the bingo game (the flow of the bingo game). The flow of the bingo game performed by each game station unit ST of the pusher game machine 1 will be described. Fig. 2 is a flow chart showing the flow of the bingo game of the first embodiment. In the bingo game of the first embodiment, when the ball Bl, B2 falls into the ditch drop ditch or when the above-mentioned slot machine game is selected as the starting condition of any bingo game (S2 1)' game The control device 601 of the control unit 600 of the station unit ST executes the bingo execution program stored in the ROM 602 to start the bingo game. Specifically, the control device 610 first switches the slot machine game picture -61 - 200911347 shown in FIG. 4 displayed on the display unit 700 to the bingo game screen shown in FIG. 5 for the display. Control (S22). Here, the bingo card image displayed on the bingo game screen is based on the arrangement information generated at any arbitrary time in the past. The timing at which the arrangement is generated may be, for example, when the power of the push button game machine 1 is turned on, when the operation of resetting the button is not shown, and when the bingo game is established in the past. In the first embodiment, the case where the bingo is created when the bingo is set up, and the situation in which the arrangement information is replaced with the past is described as an example. When the control device 60 1 sets the start condition of the bingo game, The bingo start command is output to the control device 61 1 of the control device 61 of the accessory device drawing device 1000. Thereby, the control device 6 1 1 moves the ball carrier 1 520 to a position opposite to the exit of the ball transporting portion traveling ramp 1901 of the ball transporter 1 900 of the game station unit ST that receives the command. Further, the control device 601 controls the ball transport mechanism 1 900, and transports the balls B 1 and B 2 that have fallen to the lower ditch, from the ball transport portion traveling ramp 1 90 1 to the carrier 1520. Thereafter, as described above, the control device 611 of the auxiliary device drawing device 1 〇〇〇 control unit 610 moves the ball carrier 1 520 to the opposite position of the ball shooting mechanism 1 600, in response to the types of the balls B1 and B2. The platform ball input mechanism 1600 is controlled to put the balls B1, B2 into the side bingo platform 1100 or the inner bingo platform 1200 (S23). When it is put into the outer bingo platform 1 1 0 0 or the inner bingo platform 1 2 0 0 balls Bl, B2 enters any of the winning points 11〇1, 1201, the signal is sent to the auxiliary equipment drawing device 1 000 The control of the control unit 610 is set to 61. By this, the control device 6 1 1 recognizes which of the winning points 1 1 〇 1, 1 2 〇 1 the balls B 1 and B 2 enter. The BC News is in the Department of Assets, and the Department of the Currency is equipped with a set of -62- 200911347. The winning points 1101 and 1201 of the ball B1 and B2 are the prize points assigned with the bingo number. The control unit 6 1 1 of the control unit 6 1 of the accessory device drawing device 1 1 outputs the information indicating the assigned bingo number to the control unit of the station unit ST that has reached the start condition of the bingo game. Control device 60 1 of 600. The control device 60 1 that receives the information is associated with the elected bingo digital memory area in the RAM 603 as a means of memory, and the bingo number for the information is stored as the elected bingo number. Furthermore, in the elected bingo digital memory area, the accumulated memory has an elected bingo number corresponding to the arrangement information of the game station unit S T . Then, the control device 60 1 functions as a determining means, and then performs the reference arrangement information of all the selected bingo numbers stored in the elected bingo digital memory area and the arranged information memory area stored in the RAM 603. On the bingo card shown in the information, as the bin arrangement of the binomial numbers of "1" to "9" (the arrangement of the selection objects), whether the arrangement of all the elected bingo numbers is a specific arrangement of bingo determination (S25). Further, in the specific arrangement of the first embodiment, the vertical, horizontal, and oblique columns on the bingo card of 3 X 3 have a total of eight columns. In the first embodiment, a 1C token payment prize for paying a predetermined number of 1C tokens M' to the play field 500 is distributed to each specific arrangement, and the ball B 1 is usually supplied to the play field 500. The ball supply award, and the ball B2 is supplied to the special ball supply prize of the play field 500. In the above-described bingo determination, when the control device 610 determines that the specific arrangement is not (i.e., when the bingo is not established, the number of S2 5), the bingo game is ended. On the other hand, the control device 6 0 1 is determined to establish the bingo (s 25 -63 - 200911347
Yes)，而該特定排列爲關於特別球供給獎賞者時（S26的 Yes)，作爲優惠賦予手段而作用，使用與上述之吃角子老 虎遊戲中當選小型獎項B時相同之方法，將所定枚數IC 代幣Μ’供給至遊玩場域500上之同時（S27— 1)，使用與 上述之吃角子老虎遊戲中當選球供給獎項時相同之方法， 將球Β2供給至遊玩場域500上（S27— 2)。 又，控制裝置60 1係於賓果成立之特定排列爲關於通 常球供給獎賞者時（S2 8的Yes)，作爲優惠賦予手段而作 用，使用與上述之吃角子老虎遊戲中當選小型獎項B時相 同之方法，將所定枚數1C代幣M’供給至遊玩場域500 上之同時（S29 — 1)，使用與上述之吃角子老虎遊戲中當選 球供給獎項時相同之方法，將球B 1供給至遊玩場域500 上（S29 — 2)。 又，控制裝置60 1係於賓果成立之特定排列爲關於代 幣供給獎賞者時（S28的No)，作爲優惠賦予手段而作用， 使用與上述之吃角子老虎遊戲中當選小塱獎項B時相同之 方法’將所定枚數IC代幣Μ ’供給至遊玩場域5 0 0上 (S30) 〇 再者，賓果成立時被供給至遊玩場域5 00上之1C代 幣Μ’的枚數，係依照每個關於該賓果成立之獎賞而設爲 不同枚數亦可，設爲相同枚數亦可。又，作爲不是供給 IC代幣Μ ’ ’供給代幣Μ亦可。 如此一來，進行賓果成立後之處理的控制裝置601係 作爲排列資訊產生手段而作用，執行記憶於ROM6 02之排 -64- 200911347 列資訊產生程式而產生新的排列資訊，並將記億於 RAM603之排列資訊記憶區域的排列資訊置換爲新產生之 排列資訊，重設排列資訊（S3 1)。 (彩金抽選的流程） 接著，針對本實施形態1之在推幣遊戲機1的中央抽 選裝置2 0 0進行之身爲特別遊戲之彩金抽選的流程加以說 明。 圖22係揭示本實施形態1之彩金抽選之流程的流程 圖。 本實施形態1的彩金抽選係在達成遊戲站部ST的控 制部600之RAM603內的計數値成爲「3」（亦即，玩家累 積地將3枚1C代幣M’投入至代幣投入機構100)之彩金 抽選的開始條件（特別遊戲允許條件）時（S4 1 )，中央抽選裝 置 2000之控制部 620的控制裝置 621係執行記憶於 ROM622之彩金執行程式，開始彩金抽選。具體來說，控 制裝置621係首先使裝置支持台2200旋轉，以對於達成 該當彩金抽選的開始條件之遊戲站部S T所屬之附屬設備 部SA而中央抽選裝置2000是朝向正面的方式來驅動控 制。又，於顯示器裝置23 00顯示彩金抽選的表演用畫 面，並顯示控制該畫面。 之後，在該當遊戲站部ST進行遊玩之玩家按下該遊 戲站部ST的按鍵160時（S42)，該操作訊號係被輸入至該 遊戲站部S T之控制部6 0 0的控制裝置6 0 1。藉此，控制 -65- 200911347 裝置601係經由附屬設備抽選裝置1 000的控制部610， 對於中央抽選裝置2000的控制部620之控制裝置621， 輸出球投入命令。藉此，控制裝置62 1係將球投入命令輸 出至大型球投入機構2500。接收球投入命令之大型球投 入機構2500係使球擋止器2521從球保持位置移動至球釋 放位置，將被球保持部2520保持之大型抽選球2400投入 至搬送坡道2600(S43)。藉此，大型抽選球2400係以該最 低點爲中心如鐘擺般移動在搬送坡道2 6 0 0上，最後進入 旋轉搬送裝置2100之任一的保持空間F內。大型抽選球 24〇0進入任一保持空間F時，該訊號係被傳送至中央抽 選裝置2000之控制部620的控制裝置621。藉此，控制 裝置621係辨識大型抽選球2400進入之保持空間F。 此時，大型抽選球2 4 0 0進入之保持空間F爲被分配 有彩金獎賞者時（S44的 Yes)，控制裝置 621係從 RAM623讀取出彩金貯留枚數資料，進行用以將該資料所 示之枚數份的代幣Μ，供給至達成該當彩金抽選的開始條 件之遊戲站部ST的遊玩場域5 00之處理（S45 - 1)。此 時’從控制裝置62 1將代幣供給命令輸出至遊戲站部ST 之控制部600的控制裝置601，控制裝置601係控制第1 抬升斗3 0 0的通常代幣排出部3 3 0，將代幣μ供給至遊玩 場域5 0 0亦可。但是，因爲獲得彩金獎賞時被供給之代幣 Μ枚數較多’故除了上述之第1抬升斗3〇〇之外，使用獨 自之代幣供給機構來供給代幣Μ亦可。此時，亦適合作 爲獲得彩金獎賞時的表演。或者，利用上述之第2抬升斗 -66 - 200911347 3 5 0，以供之所有i c代幣μ，的代幣價値資料之總 爲與彩金貯留枚數資料所示之枚數相同之方式，供糸 代幣Μ，亦可。再者，1(：代幣Μ,之代幣價値資料 合所產生之分數份係使用第1抬升斗3〇〇以代幣】 給。 又’控制裝置621係將記憶於RAM62 3之彩金貯 數資料重設爲初始値（S 4 5 - 2 )。 另一方面’大型抽選球2400進入之保持空間f 分配有事件獎賞者時（S46的Yes)，控制裝置621係 幣供給命令輸出至達成該當彩金抽選的開始條件之遊 部S T之控制部6 0 0的控制裝置6 0 1。藉此，控制裝置 係控制第1抬升斗3 00的通常代幣排出部3 3 0，將所 數（例如，1 0 0枚）代幣Μ供給至該遊戲站部s T的遊 域5 〇 〇上（S 4 7 - 1)。又，控制裝置6 2 1係將事件開始 輸出至該當遊戲站部ST所屬之附屬設備部SA的附 備抽選裝置1 000之控制部6 1 0的控制裝置6 1 1。接 之控制裝置6 1 1係判斷達成所定事件條件，在之後的 事件期間中’進行使在針對屬於該當附屬設備部SA 個遊戲站部ST之任一進行的賓果遊戲之物理抽選中 之當選賓果數字，即使在其他3個遊戲站部ST亦作 選賓果數字處理的事件處理（S47- 2)。具體來說，控 置6 1 1係將表示所定事件期間中進行之在附屬設備抽 置1000的物理抽選中當選之當選賓果數字的資訊， 至屬於該當附屬設備部SA之所有遊戲站部ST之控 合成 会1C 的總 VI供 留枚 爲被 將代 戲站 60 1 定枚 玩場 命令 屬設 受其 所定 之4 當選 爲當 制裝 選裝 輸出 制部 -67- 200911347 6 0 0的控制裝置6 0 1。 又’大型抽選球2 4 Ο Ο進入之保持空間F 代幣供給獎賞者時（S 4 6的N 〇 )，控制裝置6 2 1 給命令輸出至達成該當彩金抽選的開始條件 ST之控制部6 00的控制裝置601。藉此，控制 控制第1抬升斗3 00的通常代幣排出部3 3 0， 的代幣Μ供給至該遊戲站部ST的遊玩場 (S48) ° 以上，在本實施形態1中，在身爲通常有 Μ投入遊戲站部ST的代幣投入機構100時，主 的控制部600係在通常控制模式下動作，以被 場域內之代幣Μ的排出目的地成爲主台盤5 0 控制代幣排出路徑400的搖動。另一方面，在 體物之1C代幣Μ’投入遊戲站部ST的代幣投 時，則遊戲站部ST之控制部600的控制模式 制模式切換至特別控制模式，控制代幣排出路 動，將被排出至遊玩場域內之代幣Μ的排出 主台盤5 0 1切換至副台盤5 1 1。副台盤5 1 1上 可能朝主台盤5 0 1而滑落傾斜台盤5 1 2時，進 一1、515— 2、515— 3之任一，但是，主台盤 幣並無進入卡盤515— 1、515— 2、515—3之 性。亦即，在朝向副台盤5 1 1，排出代幣時， 上的代幣會滑落傾斜台盤512而進入卡盤515 2、515— 3之任一 ’有達成吃角子老虎遊戲的 爲被分配有 係將代幣供 之遊戲站部 裝置601係 將所定枚數 i域 500上 體物之代幣 g戲站部ST 排出至遊玩 1之方式， 身爲特殊有 入機構100 係從通常控 徑400的搖 目的地，從 的代幣係有 入卡盤515 5 0 1上的代 任一的可能 副台盤5 1 1 一 1、5 1 5 — 開始條件之 -68- 200911347 可能性。所以，投入1C代幣Μ’之狀況，相較於投入代 幣之狀況，可進行吃角子老虎遊戲之可能性較高，故可獲 得較多代幣之機率也會提高。 然後，依據本實施形態1，用以判斷是否達成用以進 行在特別控制模式之遊玩的特別控制模式轉移條件（在本 實施形態是投入1枚1C代幣Μ’之條件）的判斷對象，是 被支付給玩家之身爲特殊有體物的1C代幣Μ’係玩家持 有者。所以，只要是玩家獲得1C代幣Μ’而達成用以進 行在特別控制模式之推幣遊戲的條件後，即使是不進行遊 玩在特別控制模式之遊戲而直接停止在遊戲站部ST的遊 玩之狀況，其玩家亦可在遊戲站部ST再次遊玩時，利用 將自己已經持有之1C代幣Μ’ ，投入遊戲站部ST，而能 遊玩在特別控制模式的推幣遊戲。 又，於本實施形態1中，於身爲第1遊戲裝置之各遊 戲站部ST的控制部600之控制下進行之推幣遊戲（通常遊 戲）中，在達成所謂被載置於主台盤501上之多數代幣中 所包含之1C代幣Μ’落下代幣落下溝之所定特殊有體物 支付條件時，藉由第4抬升斗1 〇5 〇，IC代幣Μ ’會被支 付給玩家。如此一來，在玩家將被支付之IC代幣Μ ’投 入至代幣投入機構1 〇〇時，達成特別遊戲允許條件，身爲 第2遊戲裝置之中央抽選裝置200的控制部620會進行身 爲特別遊戲的彩金抽選。如此，於本實施形態1中，允許 身爲特別遊戲之彩金抽選是以玩家投入3枚於各遊戲站部 ST之推幣遊戲中使1C代幣Μ’落下代幣落下溝而被支付 -69- 200911347 之1C代幣Μ 作爲條件。亦即，對於爲了遊玩中央抽 裝置2000之彩金抽選’必須獲得3枚IC代幣Μ’ 。 果’可賦予玩家首先使用通常用代幣Μ，以獲得3枚 代幣Μ’爲目的來進行遊玩任一遊戲站部ST的推幣 戲’而獲得3枚IC代幣Μ ’時，則使用其來進行在中 抽選裝置2000之彩金抽選的新的樂趣。 又’如本實施形態1，利用藉由具備1C讀取 1005，而1C代幣Μ’落下代幣落下溝，於本推幣遊戲 或連接於本推幣遊戲機之其他遊戲機及店舖之管理裝置 的外部機器中，可進行使用IC代幣Μ ’之IC晶片內的 種資料的資料處理及控制。因此，可使用I c代幣Μ ’ 1C晶片內的各種資料，對玩家提供新的遊戲性，或對 家提供各種服務。再者，記憶於1C代幣Μ’之1C晶片 的電子資料的種類係亦可因應使用其電子資料來進行之 料處理或控制的內容而適切決定。 再者，在本實施形態1，寫入至對玩家支付之1C 幣Μ’之1C晶片的代幣價値資料，係與記憶於落下至 幣落下溝之1C代幣Μ’之1C晶片的代幣價値資料相同 但是作爲不同之代幣價値資料亦可。此時，控制部600 可於支付之1C代幣Μ’的1C晶片’適切寫入遵從所定 幣價値決定條件而決定之代幣價値資料。作爲所定代幣 値決定條件，係例如可採用改寫成藉由亂數等在抽選被 定之代幣價値資料之條件。又’亦可採用改寫成爲了使 推幣遊戲機1、附屬設備部SA或遊戲站部ST之實際選 々ΕΒ m 結 1C 遊 央 器 機 等 各 之 玩 內 資 代 代 係 代 價 決 該 出 -70- 200911347 率’接近目標選出率而決定之代幣價値資料之條件。在採 用該條件之狀況’實際選出率低於目標選出率時，使寫入 至支付之1C代幣M’的代幣價値資料變大，相反地，實 際選出率高於目標選出率時，則使寫入至支付之1C代幣 M’的代幣價値資料變小。當然，所定代幣價値決定條件 係不限定於以上例示之條件，亦可採用其他條件。 又’作爲玩家可將被支付之1C代幣Μ ’投入至推幣 遊戲機1的構造，例如，作爲以下構造亦可。 亦即’於搬送投入至代幣投入機構100之代幣的代幣 搬送路徑200中，設置如設於前述代幣搬送路徑1 002之 底面的分類孔1003之代幣分類部，可區分被投入至代幣 投入機構100之代幣Μ與1C代幣Μ’ 。此時，以代幣Μ 被搬送至第1抬升斗300的通常代幣貯留部310，1C代幣 Μ ’被搬送至第2抬升斗3 5 0的IC代幣貯留部3 6 0般地 構成。又，設置作爲在被投入至代幣投入機構100之1C 代幣Μ’被搬送至第2抬升斗3 5 0的1C代幣貯留部360 爲止之間，讀取其1C代幣Μ’之1C晶片內的電子資料之 資料讀取手段的1C讀取器，可利用控制器600接收以1C 讀取器讀取之代幣價値資料。然後，控制部600係以依據 從1C讀取器接收之代幣價値資料表示之代幣價値所相當 之代幣Μ被連續地排出至遊玩場域5 00之方式，控制第1 抬升斗300。藉由上述構造，在玩家將1C代幣Μ’投入 至代幣投入機構100時，記憶於其1C代幣Μ’之1C晶片 的代幣價値資料表示之代幣價値所相當的枚數份之代幣 -71 - 200911347 Μ，會連續地排出至遊玩場域5 00內。 又，作爲爲了使玩家可將被支付之1C代幣Μ’投 至推幣遊戲機1的構造，亦可採用以下構造。 亦即，於搬送投入至代幣投入機構1 00之代幣的代 搬送路徑200中，設置如設於前述代幣搬送路徑1〇〇2 底面的分類孔1003之代幣分類部，可區分被投入至代 投入機構1 〇〇之代幣Μ與1C代幣Μ’ 。此時，以代幣 被搬送至第1抬升斗300的通常代幣貯留部310，1C代 Μ，被搬送至第2抬升斗3 5 0般地構成。在此，於第2 升斗350係不設置前述1C代幣貯留部360，第2抬升 3 5 〇係以將投入至代幣投入機構1 〇 〇之IC代幣Μ ’本 排出至遊玩場域500之方式來驅動。藉由上述構造，在 家將IC代幣Μ ’投入至代幣投入機構丨〇 〇時，其I c代 Μ’本身會被排出至遊玩場域5〇〇內。 於本實施形態1 ’不管是哪個遊戲站部S Τ，只要玩 將〗枚IC代幣Μ’投入代幣投入機構丨〇 〇，則達成特 控制模式轉移條件’可進行對副台盤5 i丨之代幣Μ的 出’但是，使其特別控制模式轉移條件相互不同之兩個 上的遊戲站部ST存在亦可。例如，對於達成特別控制 式轉移條件所需之1C代幣Μ，的枚數，以有是3枚的 戲站部ST，也有是1枚的遊戲站部ST之方式來構成 可 〇 又’於本實施形態1，不管是哪個遊戲站部ST，只 玩家將3枚IC代幣Μ ’投入代幣投入機構丨〇 〇，則達 入 幣 之 幣 Μ 幣 抬 斗 身 玩 幣 家 別 排 以 模 遊 亦 要 成 -72- 200911347 彩金抽選的開始條件（特別遊戲允許條件），可進行在中 抽選裝置2000之控制部620的彩金抽選，但是，使其 金抽選的開始條件相互不同之兩個以上的遊戲站部S T 在亦可。例如，對於達成彩金抽選的開始條件所需之 代幣Μ ’的枚數，以有是3枚的遊戲站部S Τ，也有是 枚的遊戲站部S Τ之方式來構成亦可。 使對於達成特別控制模式轉移條件所需之1C代 Μ’的枚數在遊戲站之間不同之狀況中，於吃角子老虎 戲中被支付之代幣Μ的期待値在該等遊戲站之間成爲 一致爲佳。在此所謂「期待値」係表示在進行1次吃角 老虎遊戲時，玩家可期待獲得之代幣Μ的枚數之値。 體來說，依照於吃角子老虎遊戲中可能當選之各種獎項 求出將當選其獎項時的代幣支付枚數a a，α β，a c… 乘上其獎項的當選機率/Sa ’ /Sb，々C…而得之値的 合，並將其總合除以對於達成特別控制模式轉移條件所 之I c代幣μ ’的枚數r之値，作爲期待値。亦即，於 實施形態1中，對於達成特別控制模式轉移條件所需 IC代幣Μ ’的枚數r 1是1枚之狀況的期待値R ,係如 述之計算式（1)。又，所需之1C代幣M，的枚數73是 枚之狀況的期待値R 3係如後述之計算式（2)。所需之 代幣Μ ’的枚數r 5是5枚之狀況的期待値r 5係如後 之計算式（3)。 央 彩 存 1C 1 幣 遊 略 子 具 總 需 本 之 後 3 1C 述 -73- 200911347Yes), and when the specific arrangement is for the special ball to be supplied to the prize winner (Yes in S26), it is used as a bonus providing means, and the number of the selected number is the same as that when the small prize B is selected in the above-mentioned slot machine game. While the IC token Μ is supplied to the play field 500 (S27-1), the cymbal 2 is supplied to the play field 500 in the same manner as when the ball is selected for the award in the above-mentioned slot machine game (S27). - 2). In addition, when the specific arrangement of the bingo establishment is that the prize is supplied to the normal ball (Yes in S28), the control device 601 functions as a bonus providing means, and when the small prize B is selected in the above-mentioned slot machine game. In the same way, when the predetermined number 1C token M' is supplied to the play field 500 (S29-1), the ball B 1 is used in the same manner as when the ball is selected for the award in the above-mentioned slot machine game. It is supplied to the play field 500 (S29-2). In addition, when the specific arrangement of the bingo establishment is that the prize is supplied to the token (No in S28), the control device 60 1 functions as a bonus providing means, and when the small prize B is selected in the above-mentioned slot game. The same method 'supplied the number of IC tokens' to the play field 5 0 0 (S30). Again, when the bingo is established, it is supplied to the 1C token Μ' on the play field 5 00. The number may be set to a different number according to each prize for the establishment of the bingo, and the same number may be used. In addition, it is also possible to supply the tokens as if the IC tokens are not supplied. In this way, the control device 601 that performs the processing after the bingo is established functions as the arrangement information generating means, and executes the information generation program stored in the ROM-62-2009-11347 column to generate new arrangement information, and will record The arrangement information of the information memory area in the RAM 603 is replaced with the newly generated arrangement information, and the arrangement information is reset (S3 1). (Flow of the lottery lottery) Next, the flow of the lottery lottery of the special game performed by the center lottery device 200 of the pusher game machine 1 of the first embodiment will be described. Fig. 22 is a flow chart showing the flow of the lottery lottery in the first embodiment. In the lottery lottery of the first embodiment, the count 値 in the RAM 603 of the control unit 600 of the game station unit ST is "3" (that is, the player cumulatively puts three 1C tokens M' into the token input mechanism. When the start condition (special game permission condition) of the lottery lottery is selected (S4 1 ), the control device 621 of the control unit 620 of the center lottery device 2000 executes the lottery execution program stored in the ROM 622 to start the lottery lottery. Specifically, the control device 621 first rotates the device support station 2200 to drive the control so that the center drawing device 2000 is facing the front side with respect to the accessory device portion SA to which the game station portion ST of the start of the lottery lottery is reached. . Further, the display device 23 00 displays the performance screen for the lottery drawing, and displays and controls the screen. Then, when the player who plays the game station unit ST presses the button 160 of the station portion ST (S42), the operation signal is input to the control unit 60 of the control unit 600 of the station portion ST. 1. Thereby, the control -65 - 200911347 device 601 outputs a ball input command to the control unit 621 of the control unit 620 of the center drawing device 2000 via the control unit 610 of the accessory device drawing device 1000. Thereby, the control unit 62 1 outputs the ball input command to the large ball input mechanism 2500. The large ball throwing mechanism 2500 that receives the ball input command moves the ball stopper 2521 from the ball holding position to the ball releasing position, and the large drawing ball 2400 held by the ball holding portion 2520 is loaded to the conveying ramp 2600 (S43). As a result, the large drawing ball 2400 moves on the transport ramp 2600 as a pendulum centering on the lowest point, and finally enters the holding space F of any one of the rotary transporting devices 2100. When the large drawing ball 24 〇 0 enters any of the holding spaces F, the signal is transmitted to the control unit 621 of the control unit 620 of the central drawing device 2000. Thereby, the control device 621 recognizes the holding space F into which the large drawing ball 2400 enters. At this time, when the holding space F in which the large lottery ball 2400 enters is the bonus prize winner (Yes in S44), the control device 621 reads the lottery data from the RAM 623 and performs the The tokens shown in the data are supplied to the processing field 5 of the game station unit ST that achieves the start condition of the lottery lottery (S45-1). At this time, the slave control device 62 1 outputs the token supply command to the control device 601 of the control unit 600 of the game station unit ST, and the control device 601 controls the normal token discharge unit 3 3 0 of the first lift bucket 300. It is also possible to supply the token μ to the play field 500. However, since the number of tokens to be supplied at the time of the prize money is large, it is also possible to use the exclusive token supply mechanism to supply the tokens in addition to the above-mentioned first lift bucket. At this time, it is also suitable as a performance when winning a prize. Or, by using the above-mentioned second lifting bucket -66 - 200911347 3 5 0, the total of the token price of all the ic tokens, the total amount of the data is the same as the number shown in the data of the color retention. For the tokens, you can also. In addition, 1 (: tokens, the price of the tokens, the scores generated by the data collection are the same as the 1st lift 3 to the tokens). The control device 621 will be remembered in the RAM 62 3 The storage data is reset to the initial 値 (S 4 5 - 2 ). On the other hand, when the large-sized drawing ball 2400 enters the holding space f to which the event prize is assigned (Yes in S46), the control device 621 supplies the coin supply command to The control unit 610 of the control unit 600 of the tour unit ST that is the starting condition of the lottery lottery is reached. The control device controls the normal token discharge unit 3 3 0 of the first lift hopper 3 00. A number (for example, 100) of tokens is supplied to the play area 5 of the station portion s T (S 4 7 - 1). Further, the control device 62 1 outputs the event to the game. The control unit 6 1 1 of the control unit 6 1 0 of the attached device unit SA to which the station unit ST belongs is connected to the control unit 6 1 1 . The control unit 6 1 1 determines that the predetermined event condition is reached, and during the subsequent event period ' Performing the physics of the bingo game for any of the SA game station units ST belonging to the affiliated device department When the selected bingo number is selected, the event processing of the bingo digital processing is performed even in the other three station stations ST (S47-2). Specifically, the control 6 1 1 system will indicate that the scheduled event period is performed. The information of the selected bingo number is selected in the physical drawing of the accessory device 1000, and the total VI of the control group 1C belonging to all the station parts ST belonging to the accessory device department SA is reserved for the station. 60 1 The fixed game command is set by the operator. It is selected as the control device of the equipment optional output system -67- 200911347 6 0 0. 6 '1. Also 'large ball selection 2 4 Ο Ο enter the hold When the space F token is supplied to the prize winner (N 〇 of S 4 6), the control device 6 2 1 outputs the command to the control device 601 of the control unit 600 that has reached the start condition ST of the lottery lottery. Thereby, the control is controlled. The token Μ of the normal token discharge unit 333 of the first lift hopper 3 00 is supplied to the play field (S48) ° or more of the game station unit ST, and in the first embodiment, the token is generally used. When the token insertion mechanism 100 of the game station unit ST is used, the main control unit 600 is In the normal control mode, the destination of the tokens in the field becomes the main tray 50 to control the shaking of the token discharge path 400. On the other hand, the 1C tokens of the body are put into the game. When the token portion of the station unit ST is cast, the control mode mode of the control unit 600 of the station unit ST is switched to the special control mode, and the token discharge path is controlled to be discharged to the tokens in the play field. The main table 5 0 1 is switched to the sub-platter 5 1 1 . When the sub-tray 5 1 1 may slide down the tilting table 5 1 2 toward the main table 5 0 1 , enter one of the 1, 51-2, 515-3, but the main table does not enter the chuck. 515-1, 515-2, 515-3. That is, when the token is discharged toward the sub-platter 5 1 1, the token on the top will slide down the tilting table 512 and enter any of the chucks 515 2, 515-3 to have the game of reaching the slot machine. The game station device 601 that distributes the tokens is a method of discharging the tokens of the body of the body in the number of i domains 500 to the game 1 as a special institution 100. The destination of the diameter 400, the token from which the token is inserted into the chuck 515 5 0 1 may be any of the possible sub-discs 5 1 1 1 , 5 1 5 - start condition -68- 200911347 possibility. Therefore, the situation of investing in 1C tokens is higher than that of investing in tokens, so the chances of getting more tokens will increase. Then, according to the first embodiment, it is determined whether or not the special control mode transition condition for performing the play in the special control mode (the condition that one 1C token is charged in the present embodiment) is determined. The 1C token that is paid to the player as a special body is the player holder. Therefore, as long as the player acquires the 1C token Μ' and reaches the condition for pushing the coin game in the special control mode, the game is stopped directly at the game station ST even if the game in the special control mode is not played. In the case, the player can also play the coin push game in the special control mode by using the 1C token Μ' that he has already held in the game station unit ST when he is playing again. Further, in the first embodiment, in the push-pull game (normal game) performed under the control of the control unit 600 of each game station unit ST of the first game device, the so-called placed on the main table is achieved. In the case of the 1C token included in the majority of the tokens on the 501, when the special token payment conditions for the tokens are dropped, the IC tokens will be paid by the 4th lift bucket 1 〇 5 〇 Player. In this way, when the player pays the IC token Μ 'to the token input institution 1 ', the special game permission condition is reached, and the control unit 620 of the central drawing device 200 as the second game device performs the body. Lottery for the special game. As described above, in the first embodiment, the lottery selection for the special game is allowed to be paid by the player in the push coin game of each game station unit ST, so that the 1C token is dropped and the token is dropped. 69- 200911347 1C tokens as a condition. That is, it is necessary to obtain 3 IC tokens for the lottery selection of the central pumping device 2000. If you want to give the player the first thing to use the tokens to get 3 tokens for the purpose of playing the game of any game station ST, and get 3 IC tokens, use It comes to the new fun of the lottery in the lottery device 2000. In addition, as in the first embodiment, the management of the other game machines and stores connected to the push coin game machine is performed by using the 1C read 1005 and the 1C token Μ' drop the token to drop the ditch. In the external device of the device, data processing and control of the seed data in the IC chip using the IC token can be performed. Therefore, it is possible to use the various materials in the Ic token ’ 1C chip to provide new gameplay to the player or provide various services to the home. Furthermore, the type of electronic data stored in the 1C chip of the 1C token can be determined in accordance with the content of material processing or control using the electronic data. Furthermore, in the first embodiment, the token price information of the 1C chip written to the player's 1C coin Μ ' is the token of the 1C chip that is stored in the 1C token 落' that falls to the coin drop groove. The price information is the same but it can be used as a different currency price. At this time, the control unit 600 can appropriately write the token price data determined in accordance with the predetermined price determination condition on the 1C chip of the 1C token 支付. As a condition for determining the token, it is possible to use, for example, a condition of rewriting the price of the denominated currency to be selected by random number or the like. In addition, it can be rewritten to become the actual selection of the push-pull game machine 1, the auxiliary equipment department SA or the game station unit ST, the mC knot 1C, the game machine, and so on. 200911347 Rate is the condition of the token price and data determined by the target selection rate. In the case where the condition is adopted, the actual selection rate is lower than the target selection rate, so that the token price data of the 1C token M' written to the payment becomes larger, and conversely, when the actual selection rate is higher than the target selection rate, The token price data of the 1C token M' written to the payment is made smaller. Of course, the conditions for determining the price of the tokens are not limited to the conditions exemplified above, and other conditions may be employed. Further, the player can put the paid 1C token Μ ' into the structure of the pusher game machine 1, for example, as follows. In other words, the token transfer section 200 of the sorting hole 1003 provided on the bottom surface of the token transfer path 1 002 is provided in the token transfer path 200 that is transferred to the token insertion mechanism 100, and can be divided into inputs. To the token to invest in the institution's 100 tokens and 1C tokens Μ'. At this time, it is conveyed to the normal token storage unit 310 of the first lift bucket 300, and the 1C token Μ ' is transferred to the IC token storage unit 360 of the second lift bucket 350. . In addition, it is set as 1C of the 1C token Μ' as it is transferred to the 1C token storage unit 360 of the 1C token Μ' that has been put into the token insertion mechanism 100. The 1C reader of the data reading means of the electronic data in the wafer can receive the token price data read by the 1C reader by the controller 600. Then, the control unit 600 controls the first lift bucket 300 so that the tokens corresponding to the token price indicated by the token price received from the 1C reader are continuously discharged to the play field 5 00. With the above configuration, when the player puts the 1C token into the token input institution 100, the token price of the 1C chip stored in the 1C token Μ' is represented by the equivalent of the token price. Tokens -71 - 200911347 Μ, will be continuously discharged to the play field 5 00. Further, as a structure for the player to cast the paid 1C token Μ' to the pusher game machine 1, the following configuration may be employed. In other words, the token transfer unit 200 of the sorting hole 1003 provided on the bottom surface of the token transfer path 1〇〇2 is provided in the transfer path 200 for the transfer to the token insertion unit 100, and the difference can be distinguished. Invest in the agent's 1 〇〇 coin and 1C token Μ'. At this time, the normal token storage unit 310, 1C, which is transported to the first lift bucket 300 by the token, is transported to the second lift bucket 350. Here, in the second lift 350, the 1C token storage unit 360 is not provided, and the second lift 3 is used to discharge the IC token 投入 'putted into the token input mechanism 1 to the play field. 500 way to drive. With the above configuration, when the IC token Μ ' is put into the token input institution , ,, its I c Μ 本身 itself is discharged into the play field 5 。. In the first embodiment, 'No matter which game station unit S Τ, if the IC token Μ ' is put into the token input mechanism 玩, the special control mode transition condition is reached, and the sub-tray 5 i can be performed. However, the game station unit ST on which the special control mode transition conditions are different from each other may be present. For example, the number of the 1C tokens required to achieve the special control type transition condition is such that there are three game station units ST and one game station unit ST. In the first embodiment, regardless of which game station unit ST, only the player puts 3 IC tokens into the token input institution, the coin is transferred to the coin, and the coin is played in the currency.游要要成-72- 200911347 The starting conditions for the lottery lottery (special game permission conditions), the lottery lottery of the control unit 620 of the middle drawing device 2000 can be performed, but the starting conditions for the gold lottery are different from each other. More than one game station unit ST is also available. For example, the number of tokens 所需 required to reach the start condition of the lottery lottery may be configured by three game station units S Τ or a game station unit S 是. In the situation where the number of 1C Μ's required to achieve the special control mode transition condition is different between the game stations, the expectation of the tokens paid in the slot machine drama is between the game stations. It is better to be consistent. Here, the "expected 値" means that the player can expect to receive the number of tokens when the horned tiger game is played once. In fact, according to the various awards that may be elected in the Slots game, the number of tokens to be awarded when winning the award is aa, α β, ac... multiplied by the winning probability of the award / Sa ' / Sb, 々 It is expected that the sum of C... is divided by the number r of I c tokens ' for the special control mode transition condition. In other words, in the first embodiment, the expectation 値R of the case where the number r 1 of the IC tokens ’ required for the special control mode transition condition is one is the calculation formula (1). Further, the number of pieces of the required 1C token M is 73. The expectation R 3 is a calculation formula (2) which will be described later. The expected number r 5 of the required tokens ’ is 5, and the expectation 値r 5 is the following formula (3). The central color storage 1C 1 currency travels with the total needs of the post 3 1C described -73- 200911347
Ri— { (o：ax/3a) + (〇：bx/5b) + (a：cx/Sc) H— }/…（1) R3= { (CCaX/Sa) + (0：bX/3b) + (0：cx/3c) H----73…(2) Κ·5= { (<2aX/3a) + (<2bX/3b) + (acX/3c) H----}/ ?"5·.· (3) 然後，如此在達成特別控制模式轉移條件所需之1C 代幣M’的枚數r不同之遊戲站之間將期待値設定爲相同 之狀況’只要至少調整關於1個獎項之代幣支付枚數α , 或是至少調整關於1個獎項的當選機率/3。 相同地’使對於達成彩金抽選的開始條件所需之IC 代幣Μ’的枚數在遊戲站之間不同之狀況中，於彩金抽選 中被支付之代幣Μ的期待値在該等遊戲站之間成爲略一 致爲佳。在此所謂「期待値」係表示在進行1次彩金抽選 時’玩家可期待獲得之代幣Μ的枚數之値。具體來說， 依照於彩金抽選中可能當選之彩金獎賞A、事件獎賞Β、 代幣供給獎賞C之3個獎賞，求出將得到其獎項時的代幣 支付枚數αΑ，aB，o:c，乘上其獎項的當選機率谷八， yS β , /3 c而得之値的總合，並將其總合除以對於達成彩金 抽選的開始條件所需之IC代幣]VI’的枚數7"之値，作爲 期待値。亦即，於本實施形態丨中，對於達成彩金抽選的 開始條件所需之IC代幣Μ，的枚數7 1是丨枚之狀況的期 待値R 1係如後述之計算式（1 )。又，所需之IC代幣Μ’ 的枚數r 3是3枚之狀況的期待値R 3係如後述之計算式 (2)。所需之IC代幣M，的枚數75是5枚之狀況的期待 値R 5係如後述之計算式（3)。 -74- 200911347Ri— { (o:ax/3a) + (〇:bx/5b) + (a:cx/Sc) H— }/...(1) R3= { (CCaX/Sa) + (0:bX/3b) + (0:cx/3c) H----73...(2) Κ·5= { (<2aX/3a) + (<2bX/3b) + (acX/3c) H----} /?"5·.· (3) Then, the game stations that have different number of 1C tokens M' required to achieve the special control mode transition condition are expected to be set to the same condition' as long as at least Adjust the number of tokens α for one award, or at least adjust the odds of winning one for each award/3. In the same situation, the number of IC tokens required for the start of the lottery lottery is different between the stations, and the expectation of the tokens paid in the lottery is in these It is better to be slightly consistent between the game stations. The term "expected 値" is used herein to indicate the number of tokens that the player can expect to receive when performing a lottery draw. Specifically, in accordance with the three prizes of the winning prize A, the event award, and the token supply bonus C that may be elected in the lottery, the number of tokens to be paid when the prize is won is determined as αΑ, aB, o :c, multiply the sum of the awards of the awards, Valley VIII, yS β, /3 c, and divide the sum by the IC token required for the start condition of the lottery. VI 'The number of 7" is the expectation. In other words, in the present embodiment, the number of the IC tokens required to achieve the start condition of the lottery lottery is the expectation of the situation 丨 R 1 is a calculation formula (1) to be described later. . In addition, the number of the required number of IC tokens r' is expected to be three, and R 3 is a calculation formula (2) which will be described later. The number of pieces of IC tokens M required for the number of 75 is five. The expectation 値R 5 is a calculation formula (3) which will be described later. -74- 200911347
Ri= { (CCaX/Sa) + (C^bX/Sb) + (acX/Sc) (1) R3= { (οιαχ^α) + (o：bx/Sb) + (acx/Sc) } //3..· (2) R5= { (q：ax/3a) + ( αεχββ) + (acXy5c) } / rs··· (3) 然後，如此在達成彩金抽選的開始條件所需之IC代 幣M’的枚數γ不同之遊戲站之間將期待値設定爲相同之 狀況，只要至少調整關於1個獎項之代幣支付枚數α ’或 是至少調整關於1個獎項的當選機率冷。 [實施形態2] 接著，與前述實施形態1相同，針對將本發明適用於 推幣遊戲機之其他實施形態（以下稱本實施形態爲「實施 形態2」）加以說明。 本實施形態2的推幣遊戲機，係所有代幣都是1C代 幣Μ’ ，在不存在通常代幣Μ之處，與前述實施形態1 不同。所以，關於代幣Μ的排出之構造（第1抬升斗 300、第3抬升斗1〇2〇等）及關於代幣的分類之構造（分類 孔1003等）’於本實施形態2的推幣遊戲機中並不需要。 又’本實施形態2的推幣遊戲機係在1C代幣Μ’投 入代幣投入機構1〇〇時的處理（具體來說是特別控制模式 轉移條件），與前述實施形態丨不同。 除了上述之點，因爲本實施形態2之推幣遊戲機的基 本構造與前述實施形態1相同，故在以下說明僅針對與前 述實施形態1的推幣遊戲機不同之處加以說明。 -75- 200911347 圖2 3係揭示IC代幣Μ ’被投入至本實施形態2之代 幣投入機構1 〇〇時之控制的流程之一例的流程圖。 控制部600係在1C讀取器1〇9 - 9讀取出記憶於被投 入至代幣投入機構100之1C代幣Μ’的1C晶片之各種資 料時（S61)，首先與前述實施形態1相同，判斷從1C讀取 器109— 9接收之店舖ID是否是有效的店舖ID(S6 2)。在 判斷店舖ID不是有效店舖ID時，則進行使某種錯誤通知 產生，或者將該1C代幣M’在被搬送至第2抬升斗350 爲止前回收，歸還給玩家的錯誤處理（S 63)。另一方面， 在判斷店舖ID是有效店舖ID時，接著與前述實施形態1 之狀況相同，判斷接收之有效期限資料所示之有效期限是 否已經過期（S64)。在判斷超過有效期限時，則進行使某 種錯誤通知產生，或者將該1C代幣M’在被搬送至第2 抬升斗3 50爲止前回收，歸還給玩家的錯誤處理（S63)。 在此，於本實施形態2的1C代幣M’係當選旗標資 料記憶於1C晶片。然後，控制部600係在判斷是有效期 限內時，接收1C讀取器109-9讀取之當選旗標資料，依 據其當選旗標資料，判斷當選旗標是否豎立（S65)。具體 來說’在接收之當選旗標資料是「1」時則判斷當選旗標 豎立’是「0」時則判斷當選旗標未豎立。在判斷當選旗 標未豎立時，控制部600係以通常控制模式動作。在本實 施形態2 ’設置於IC代幣排出部3 8 0之排出口的代幣排 出路徑45〇係設置爲可左右搖動，其搖動係藉由控制部 6〇〇控制。然後，該通常控制模式，係以代幣排出路徑 -76- 200911347 450的出口朝向遊玩場域500內之主台盤501的方向之方 式，控制代幣排出路徑450的搖動。又，在該通常控制模 式，以在控制代幣排出路徑4 5 0之朝向後，控制第2抬升 斗3 5 0，使1C代幣M’從其代幣排出路徑400的出口排 出之方式控制（S66)。 另一方面，在判斷當選旗標豎立時，控制部600係判 斷達成特別控制模式轉移條件，作爲控制模式切換手段而 作用，將通常控制模式切換至特別控制模式。藉此，控制 部600係在特別控制模式下動作。在該特別控制模式，係 以代幣排出路徑450的出口朝向遊玩場域5 00內之副台盤 5〇1的方向之方式，控制代幣排出路徑450的搖動。又， 在該特別控制模式，以在控制代幣排出路徑450之朝向 後，控制第2抬升斗350，使1C代幣M’從其代幣排出 路徑450的出口排出之方式控制（S67)。 亦即，於本實施形態2中，記憶於1C晶片之當選旗 標資料是「1」的1C代幣M’係特殊有體物，記憶於1C 晶片之當選旗標資料是「0」的1C代幣M’係通常有體 物。然後，記憶於1C晶片之當選旗標資料是「1」的1C 代幣M’被投入至代幣投入機構1 00時，則判斷達成特別 控制模式轉移條件，而轉移至前述特別控制模式。 再者，本實施形態2之彩金抽選的開始條件係如圖 23所示般，不晕投入3枚1C代幣M’ 。因此，作爲彩金 抽選的開始條件，係例如於吃角子老虎遊戲中當選所定彩 金抽選開始獎項或於賓果遊戲中獲得所定彩金抽選開始獎 -77- 200911347 賞等，與前述實施形態1設有不同條件。 以上，在本實施形態2中，在將記憶於1C晶片之當 選旗標資料是「〇」的1C代幣M’ （通常有體物）投入遊戲 站部ST的代幣投入機構100時，遊戲站部ST的控制部 6 00係在通常控制模式下動作，以被排出至遊玩場域內之 1C代幣M’的排出目的地成爲主台盤501之方式，控制 代幣排出路徑400的搖動。另一方面，在記憶於1C晶片 之當選旗標資料是「1」的1C代幣M’ （特殊有體物）被投 入遊戲站部S T的代幣投入機構1 0 0時，則遊戲站部S T 之控制部600的控制模式係從通常控制模式切換至特別控 制模式，控制代幣排出路徑400的搖動，將被排出至遊玩 場域內之IC代幣Μ ’的排出目的地，從主台盤5 01切換 至副台盤5 1 1。所以，投入當選旗標資料是「1」的1C代 幣Μ’之狀況，相較於投入當選旗標資料是「0」的1C代 幣Μ’之狀況，可進行吃角子老虎遊戲之可能性較高，故 可獲得較多代幣之機率也會提高。 然後，即使於本實施形態2中，用以判斷是否達成用 以進行在特別控制模式之遊玩的特別控制模式轉移條件 (在本實施形態是投入當選旗標資料是^ 1」的1C代幣 Μ ’之條件）的判斷對象，亦是被支付給玩家者。所以， 與前述實施形態1之狀況相同的效果’只要是玩家獲得當 選旗標資料是「1」的1C代幣Μ’而達成用以進行在特別 控制模式之推幣遊戲的條件後，即使是不進行遊玩在特別 控制模式之遊戲而直接停止在遊戲站部ST的遊玩之狀 -78- 200911347 況，其玩家亦可在遊戲站部ST再次進行遊玩時，利用將 自己已經持有之1C代幣M’ ，投入遊戲站部ST，而能遊 玩在特別控制模式的推幣遊戲。 又，於前述實施形態1及2中，已針對將所定量的特 殊有體物作爲特別控制模式轉移條件，在達成其時，從通 常控制模式將控制推幣遊戲的控制模式，切換至特別控制 模式之狀況加以說明，但是並不限定於此。 例如，成爲切換對象的控制模式並不是推幣遊戲的控 制模式，作爲前述吃角子老虎遊戲的控制模式亦可。此 時，以前述實施形態1的推幣遊戲機爲例時，有以下之控 制例。 首先，身爲通常有體物之代幣Μ被投入之狀況與身 爲特殊有體物之1C代幣Μ’被投入之狀況相同，被排出 至遊玩場域內之代幣Μ係在副台盤5 1 1上。但是，在1C 代幣Μ’被投入而檢測出其時，控制部600係判斷達成特 別控制模式轉移條件，作爲控制模式切換手段而作用’將 通常控制模式切換至特別控制模式。具體來說’控制部 6〇〇係在吃角子老虎遊戲中可能當選之獎項中直接附屬設 備獎項的當選機率相較於通常控制模式時較高的狀態下’ 僅一定期間轉變至控制吃角子老虎遊戲的進行之特別控制 模式。此時，特別控制模式的期間中達成吃角子老虎遊戲 開始條件的話，因爲於吃角子老虎遊戲中當選直接附屬設 備獎項之機率較高，故可獲得較多代幣的機率亦會提高。 此外，特別控制模式的期間中係以藉由吃角子老虎遊 -79- 200911347 戲中當選之獎項而被支付之代幣枚數多於通常控制模式時 之方式來設定亦可。 又’於卡盤515— 1、515—2、515-3設置閘門，以 可藉由控制部6 0 0控制其閘門的開閉動作之方式來構成， 在通常控制模式時僅使1個卡盤515一丨開口，轉移至特 別控制模式時，使所有卡盤5 1 5 - 1、5 1 5 - 2、5 1 5 — 3設 開口之方式來構成亦可。 又’將成爲切換對象的控制模式作爲前述賓果遊戲的 控制模式亦可。此時，例如有下述之控制例。 例如’利用將投入1 0枚IC代幣Μ ’ （特殊有體物）作 爲特別控制模式轉移條件，作爲排列資訊產生手段而作用 之控制裝置6 0 1在產生新的排列資訊時，判斷是否達成該 特別控制模式轉移條件。於該判斷中，判斷未達成該特別 控制模式轉移條件時，則以通常控制模式動作，與上述之 實施形態的狀況相同產生排列資訊。相對於此，在判斷達 成該特別控制模式轉移條件時，則以特別控制模式動作， 從通常控制模式時產生之排列資訊，產生對玩家有利之排 列資訊（例如，賓果數字較少之排列資訊）。例如，相對於 通常控制模式時產生對應3 X 3之賓果卡片的排列資 訊，在特別控制模式時則以產生對應2 χ 2之賓果卡片 的排列資訊之方式來設定。 再者，在前述本實施形態1及2，已針對通常有體物 是未具備記億電子資料之記憶部的通常代幣Μ，特殊有體 物是具備具備記憶電子資料之記憶部的特殊代幣之1C代 -80- 200911347 幣Μ ’之狀況加以說明’但是’該等有體物並不需要一定 是代幣’作爲硬幣或柏青哥鋼珠等之其他有體物亦可。 [實施形態3] 接著’與前述實施形態1相同，針對將本發明適用於 推幣遊戲機之另其他實施形態（以下稱本實施形態爲「實 施形態3」）加以說明。 本實施形態3的推幣遊戲機，係所有代幣都是1C代 幣Μ’ ’在不存在通常代幣Μ之處，與前述實施形態1 不同。所以’關於代幣Μ的排出之構造（第1抬升斗 3〇〇、第3抬升斗1 020等）及關於代幣的分類之構造（分類 孔1 003等），於本實施形態2的推幣遊戲機中並不需要。 又’本實施形態3的推幣遊戲機係在1C代幣Μ’投 入代幣投入機構1 00時的處理，具體來說是彩金抽選的開 始條件（特別控制模式允許條件），與前述實施形態1不 同。 除了上述之點，因爲本實施形態3之推幣遊戲機的基 本構造與前述實施形態1相同，故在以下說明僅針對與前 $實施形態1的推幣遊戲機不同之處加以說明。 圖24係揭示1C代幣Μ’被投入至本實施形態2之代 幣投入機構1 0 0時之控制的流程之一例的流程圖。 控制部6 0 0係在I C讀取器1 0 9 - 9讀取出記億於被投 入至代幣投入機構1 00之1C代幣Μ’的1C晶片之各種資 料時（SW)，首先與前述實施形態1相同，判斷從1C讀取 200911347 器109— 9接收之店舖id是否是有效的店舖ID(S72)。在 判斷店舖ID不是有效店舖id時，則進行使某種錯誤通知 產生’或者將該1C代幣M’在被搬送至第2抬升斗350 爲止前回收，歸還給玩家的錯誤處理（S 7 3 )。另一方面， 在判斷店舖ID是有效店舖ID時，接著與前述實施形態1 之狀況相同，判斷接收之有效期限資料所示之有效期限是 否已經過期（SW)。在判斷超過有效期限時，則進行使某 種錯誤通知產生，或者將該1C代幣M’在被搬送至第2 抬升斗3 50爲止前回收，歸還給玩家的錯誤處理（S 73)。 另一方面，在判斷是有效期限內時，控制部600係控制第 2抬升斗3 50，進行將1C代幣M’排出至遊玩場域5 00的 處理（S 7 5 )。 在此，於本實施形態3的1C代幣M’係當選旗標資 料記憶於1C晶片。控制部600係在接收1C讀取器109 -9讀取之當選旗標資料時，依據其當選旗標資料，判斷當 選旗標是否豎立（S 76)。具體來說，在接收之當選旗標資 料是「1」時則判斷當選旗標豎立，是「0」時則判斷當選 旗標未豎立。在判斷當選旗標未豎立時係直接結束處理。 另一方面，在判斷當選旗標豎立時係允許在將當選旗標未 豎立之1C代幣M’及代幣Μ投入至代幣投入機構100時 不進行之特別遊戲。 亦即，於本實施形態3中，記憶於1C晶片之當選旗 標資料是「1」的1C代幣Μ’係特殊有體物，記憶於1C 晶片之當選旗標資料是「0」的1C代幣Μ ’係通常有體 -82- 200911347 物。然後，當選旗標資料是「1」的1C代幣Μ’被投入至 代幣投入機構1 00時，則判斷達成彩金抽選的開始條件 (特別遊戲允許條件），以遵從圖22所示之流程圖來進行 彩金抽選之方式控制（S77)。 以上，於本實施形態3中，於身爲第1遊戲裝置之各 遊戲站部ST的控制部600之控制下進行之推幣遊戲（通常 遊戲）中，在達成所謂被載置於主台盤501上之1C代幣 Μ ’落下代幣落下溝之所定特殊有體物支付條件時，藉由 第4抬升斗1 050，1C代幣Μ’會被支付給玩家。在玩家 將如此被支付之ic代幣Μ’中記憶於其1C晶片的當選旗 標資料是「1」之1枚1C代幣M’ （特殊有體物）投入至代 幣投入機構1 〇〇時，達成特別遊戲允許條件，身爲第2遊 戲裝置之中央抽選裝置200的控制部620會進行身爲特別 遊戲的彩金抽選。如此，於本實施形態3中，允許身爲特 別遊戲之彩金抽選是以玩家投入1枚於各遊戲站部ST之 推幣遊戲中使1C代幣M’落下代幣落下溝而被支付之1C 代幣M’中記憶於其1C晶片的當選旗標資料是「1」之 1C代幣M’ （特殊有體物）作爲條件。亦即，對於爲了遊玩 中央抽選裝置2000之彩金抽選，必須獲得1枚當選旗標 資料是「1」之1C代幣M’ 。結果，可賦予玩家首先使用 通常用代幣Μ，以獲得I枚當選旗標資料是「1」之1C代 幣Μ’爲目的來進行遊玩任一遊戲站部ST的推幣遊戲， 而獲得此時，則能進行在中央抽選裝置2000之彩金抽選 的新的樂趣。 -83- 200911347 又’於前述實施形態1及3中，已針對身爲通常遊戲 之推幣遊戲是在遊戲站部ST進行，身爲特別遊戲之彩金 抽選是在與遊戲站部ST爲其他遊戲裝置之中央抽選裝置 2000進行之狀況加以說明。此係1個遊戲站部以單體構 成獨立的遊戲裝置（第1遊戲裝置），中央抽選裝置2000 以單體構成獨立的遊戲裝置（第2遊戲裝置），包含該等之 推幣遊戲機1構成遊戲系統之狀況。 本發明係亦可適用於以玩家操作之操作手段及遊戲控 制手段等完全獨立之複數遊戲裝置來構成之遊戲系統。此 時，作爲於一方的遊戲裝置中使用通常代幣Μ來遊玩通 常遊戲，利用達成所定特殊有體物支付條件而獲得身爲特 殊有體物之1C代幣Μ’後，利用將獲得之1C代幣Μ’投 入另一方的遊戲裝置而達成特別遊戲控制模式允許條件， 可在該另一方的遊戲裝置進行遊玩特別遊戲亦可。該等遊 戲裝置係即使是其遊戲內容完全不同之彼此亦可。例如’ 一方的遊戲裝置是賽馬遊戲機’另一方的遊戲裝置是吃角 子老虎遊戲機器亦可。Ri= { (CCaX/Sa) + (C^bX/Sb) + (acX/Sc) (1) R3= { (οιαχ^α) + (o:bx/Sb) + (acx/Sc) } // 3..· (2) R5= { (q:ax/3a) + (αεχββ) + (acXy5c) } / rs··· (3) Then, the IC generation required to achieve the starting conditions of the lottery It is expected that the game stations with different numbers of gamma M' will be set to the same state, as long as at least the number of tokens for one award is adjusted α' or at least the probability of election for one prize is cold. [Embodiment 2] Next, in the same manner as the first embodiment, another embodiment in which the present invention is applied to a push-pull game machine (hereinafter referred to as "Embodiment 2" in the present embodiment) will be described. In the push-pull game machine according to the second embodiment, all of the tokens are 1C tokens, and the first embodiment is different from the first embodiment in the case where there is no usual token. Therefore, the structure of the discharge of the tokens (the first lift bucket 300, the third lift bucket 1〇2, etc.) and the structure of the classification of the tokens (the sorting hole 1003, etc.) are the push coins of the second embodiment. Not required in the game console. Further, the push-pull game machine of the second embodiment differs from the above-described embodiment in the case where the 1C token Μ is put into the token input mechanism 1 (specifically, the special control mode transition condition). In addition to the above, since the basic structure of the push-pull game machine according to the second embodiment is the same as that of the first embodiment, the following description will be directed to the difference from the push-to-play machine of the first embodiment. -75- 200911347 Fig. 2 is a flowchart showing an example of a flow of control when the IC token ’ is put into the token input mechanism 1 of the second embodiment. The control unit 600 reads out various materials stored in the 1C chip of the 1C token Μ' input to the token dispensing unit 100 in the 1C reader 1〇9-9 (S61), first with the first embodiment In the same manner, it is judged whether or not the shop ID received from the 1C reader 109-9 is a valid shop ID (S6 2). When it is determined that the shop ID is not a valid shop ID, an error notification is generated to cause an error notification to be generated, or the 1C token M' is collected before being transported to the second lift 350, and returned to the player for error processing (S63) . On the other hand, when it is judged that the shop ID is the valid shop ID, it is determined whether or not the expiration date indicated by the received expiration date data has expired, as in the case of the first embodiment (S64). When it is judged that the expiration date has expired, an error notification is generated, or the 1C token M' is collected and returned to the player before being transported to the second lifter 350, and the error processing is returned to the player (S63). Here, the 1C token M' of the second embodiment is selected as the flag data for the 1C wafer. Then, when the determination is within the validity period, the control unit 600 receives the selected flag data read by the 1C reader 109-9, and determines whether the selected flag is erected according to the selected flag data (S65). Specifically, when the received flag data of the election is "1", it is judged that the flag of the election flag is "0", and then the flag of the election is not erected. When it is judged that the election flag is not erected, the control unit 600 operates in the normal control mode. In the present embodiment 2, the token discharge path 45 provided at the discharge port of the IC token discharge unit 380 is set to be swingable left and right, and the rocking is controlled by the control unit 6〇〇. Then, in the normal control mode, the shaking of the token discharge path 450 is controlled in such a manner that the exit of the token discharge path -76 - 200911347 450 faces the direction of the main pallet 501 in the play field 500. Further, in the normal control mode, after controlling the direction of the token discharge path 450, the second lift bucket 350 is controlled to control the 1C token M' to be discharged from the outlet of the token discharge path 400. (S66). On the other hand, when it is judged that the flag of the selected flag is erected, the control unit 600 judges that the special control mode transition condition is reached, and functions as the control mode switching means, and switches the normal control mode to the special control mode. Thereby, the control unit 600 operates in the special control mode. In this special control mode, the shaking of the token discharge path 450 is controlled such that the outlet of the token discharge path 450 faces the direction of the sub-disc 5〇1 in the play field 5 00. Further, in the special control mode, after the direction of the token discharge path 450 is controlled, the second lift bucket 350 is controlled to control the 1C token M' to be discharged from the outlet of the token discharge path 450 (S67). That is, in the second embodiment, the 1C token M' stored in the 1C chip is "1", and the 1C token M' is a special object. The 1C chip is selected as the 1C flag. The token M' system usually has a body. Then, when the 1C token M' of the 1C chip whose flag flag data is "1" is input to the token input mechanism 100, it is judged that the special control mode transition condition is reached, and the special control mode is shifted. Further, the start condition of the lottery lottery in the second embodiment is as shown in Fig. 23, and three 1C tokens M' are not fainted. Therefore, as a starting condition for the lottery lottery, for example, in the slot machine game, the selected lottery lottery start prize or the bingo game wins the set lottery lottery start prize-77-200911347 reward, etc., and the foregoing embodiment 1 With different conditions. As described above, in the second embodiment, when the 1C token M' (usually a body object) in which the flag flag data of the 1C wafer is "〇" is put into the token input mechanism 100 of the station portion ST, the game is played. The control unit 00 of the station unit ST operates in the normal control mode, and controls the movement of the token discharge path 400 so that the discharge destination of the 1C token M' discharged to the play field becomes the main tray 501. . On the other hand, when the 1C token M' (special object) whose flag flag data of "1" is stored in the 1C chip is put into the token input mechanism of the station ST, the game station unit The control mode of the control unit 600 of the ST is switched from the normal control mode to the special control mode, and controls the shaking of the token discharge path 400 to be discharged to the discharge destination of the IC token Μ in the play field, from the main station. The disc 5 01 is switched to the sub-disc 5 1 1 . Therefore, the status of the 1C token is "1", and the possibility of the slot machine game can be compared with the situation of the 1C token that is selected as the flag of "0". Higher, so the chances of getting more tokens will increase. Then, even in the second embodiment, it is determined whether or not the special control mode transition condition for playing in the special control mode is reached (in the present embodiment, the 1C token is the flag of the election flag is ^1). The object of judgment of 'the condition' is also paid to the player. Therefore, the same effect as in the case of the first embodiment described above is as long as the player obtains the 1C token Μ' in which the flag data is "1" and the condition for pushing the coin game in the special control mode is reached, even if it is If you play the game in the special control mode without stopping the game in the special control mode, you can stop playing the game in the game station ST-78-200911347. The player can also use the 1C generation that he already holds when playing the game station ST again. The coin M' is put into the game station ST, and can play the push coin game in the special control mode. Further, in the first and second embodiments, the specific specific object is used as the special control mode transition condition, and when the control is completed, the control mode for controlling the push game is switched from the normal control mode to the special control. The state of the mode will be described, but it is not limited thereto. For example, the control mode to be switched is not the control mode of the push-pull game, and may be the control mode of the aforementioned slot game. In this case, the following control example is given when the push-to-play game machine according to the first embodiment is taken as an example. First, the status of the tokens that are usually in the form of a body is the same as that of the 1C token that is a special body, and the tokens that are discharged into the playing field are attached to the deputy station. Disk 5 1 1 on. However, when the 1C token Μ' is input and detected, the control unit 600 determines that the special control mode transition condition is reached, and acts as the control mode switching means to switch the normal control mode to the special control mode. Specifically, the Control Department 6 is the preferred accessory in the Slots game. The probability of the direct accessory device award is higher than that in the normal control mode. The special control mode of the game. At this time, if the start condition of the slot machine game is reached during the period of the special control mode, since the chance of winning the direct accessory equipment award in the slot machine game is high, the chance of obtaining more tokens will also increase. In addition, during the period of the special control mode, it is also possible to set the number of tokens paid by the Slots-79-200911347 to be more than the normal control mode. Further, the shutters are provided in the chucks 515-1, 515-2, and 515-3 so as to be able to control the opening and closing operations of the shutters by the control unit 600, and only one chuck is used in the normal control mode. When the opening is changed to the special control mode, all the chucks 5 1 5 - 1 , 5 1 5 - 2, 5 1 5 - 3 may be provided with openings. Further, the control mode to be switched may be the control mode of the aforementioned bingo game. In this case, for example, there are the following control examples. For example, 'Using 10 IC tokens (' (special body) as a special control mode transition condition, the control device 610 functioning as a means for arranging information generation determines whether or not the new alignment information is generated. This special control mode transition condition. In the judgment, if it is judged that the special control mode transition condition is not reached, the normal control mode is operated, and the arrangement information is generated in the same manner as in the above embodiment. On the other hand, when it is judged that the special control mode transition condition is reached, the special control mode is operated, and the arrangement information generated from the normal control mode is generated, and the arrangement information favorable to the player is generated (for example, the arrangement information of the bingo number is small). ). For example, the arrangement information of the bingo card corresponding to 3 X 3 is generated in the normal control mode, and is set in the special control mode by generating the arrangement information of the bingo card corresponding to 2 χ 2. Further, in the first and second embodiments, the conventional body is a general token that does not have a memory portion of the electronic data, and the special object is a special generation having a memory portion having a memory electronic data. The 1C generation of the currency -80- 200911347 The currency Μ 'Statement is explained' but 'these physical objects do not need to be tokens' as coins or other physical objects such as Pachinko Steel Ball. [Embodiment 3] Next, the other embodiment (hereinafter referred to as "Embodiment 3" of the present embodiment) in which the present invention is applied to a push-to-play game machine will be described in the same manner as in the first embodiment. In the push-pull game machine according to the third embodiment, all of the tokens are 1C tokens ’. There is no conventional token, and the first embodiment is different from the first embodiment. Therefore, the structure of the discharge of the tokens (the first lifting bucket 3〇〇, the third lifting bucket 1 020, etc.) and the structure of the token classification (classification hole 1 003, etc.) are pushed in the second embodiment. Not required in the currency game console. Further, the "throat game machine of the third embodiment" is a process when the 1C token is put into the token input mechanism 100, specifically, the start condition of the lottery lottery (special control mode permission condition), and the above-described implementation Form 1 is different. In addition to the above, since the basic structure of the push-pull game machine according to the third embodiment is the same as that of the first embodiment, the following description will be directed only to the difference from the push-to-play machine of the first embodiment. Fig. 24 is a flow chart showing an example of the flow of control when the 1C token Μ' is put into the token input mechanism 100 of the second embodiment. The control unit 690 reads the various materials (SW) of the 1C chip that is put into the 1C token Μ' of the token input unit 100 in the IC reader 1 0 9 - 9 , first with In the same manner as in the first embodiment, it is determined whether or not the store ID received by the 200911347 109-9 is a valid shop ID from the 1C (S72). When it is determined that the shop ID is not a valid shop id, an error processing is performed in which the error notification is generated or the 1C token M is collected before being transported to the second lift 350 and returned to the player (S 7 3 ). On the other hand, when it is determined that the shop ID is a valid shop ID, it is determined whether or not the expiration date indicated by the received expiration date data has expired (SW), as in the case of the first embodiment. When it is judged that the expiration date has expired, an error notification is generated, or the 1C token M' is collected and returned to the player before being transported to the second lifter 350, and the error processing is returned to the player (S73). On the other hand, when it is judged that it is within the expiration date, the control unit 600 controls the second lift bucket 350 to perform the process of discharging the 1C token M' to the play field 5 00 (S 7 5 ). Here, the 1C token M' of the third embodiment is stored in the 1C wafer. The control unit 600 determines whether the selected flag is erected according to the selected flag data when receiving the selected flag data read by the 1C reader 109-9 (S76). Specifically, when the received flag flag is "1", it is judged that the flag is erected, and when it is "0", it is judged that the flag is not erected. When it is judged that the election flag is not erected, the processing is directly ended. On the other hand, when it is judged that the flag of the election is erected, the special game which is not performed when the 1C token M' and the token which are not erected by the flag are allowed to be put into the token input institution 100. That is, in the third embodiment, the 1C token Μ' of the flagged data stored in the 1C chip is "1", and the 1C chip is 1C of the flagged data of the 1C chip. Tokens Μ 'System usually has body-82- 200911347. Then, when the 1C token Μ ' when the flag data is "1" is put into the token input institution 100, the start condition (special game permission condition) for the lottery lottery is judged to comply with the one shown in FIG. The flow chart is used to control the manner of the lottery lottery (S77). As described above, in the push-pull game (normal game) performed under the control of the control unit 600 of each game station unit ST of the first game device, the so-called being placed on the main table is achieved. 1C Token on 501 'When the special token payment condition for the drop of the token falls, the 4th lift bucket 1 050, 1C token Μ' will be paid to the player. In the ic token that the player will pay in this way, the flag of the selected flag in the 1C chip is "1", 1C token M' (special body) is put into the token input institution 1 At the time of reaching the special game permission condition, the control unit 620 of the central drawing device 200 as the second game device performs lottery drawing as a special game. As described above, in the third embodiment, the lottery selection for the special game is allowed to be paid by the player in the push coin game of each game station unit ST to make the 1C token M' drop the token and drop the ditch. The 1C token M' in the 1C chip is selected as the condition for the 1C token M' (special body). That is, for the lottery lottery for playing the central drawing device 2000, it is necessary to obtain one 1C token M' in which the flagged flag data is "1". As a result, the player can be given the first use of the tokens to obtain the coin-raising game of any game station ST for the purpose of obtaining the 1C tokens of the flag flag data of "1". At the time, it is possible to perform new fun in the lottery lottery of the central drawing device 2000. -83- 200911347 In addition, in the first and third embodiments, the push-pull game for the normal game is performed in the game station unit ST, and the lottery for the special game is the other with the game station unit ST. The state of the central drawing device 2000 of the game device will be described. In this case, one game station unit constitutes an independent game device (first game device), and the center lottery device 2000 constitutes an independent game device (second game device), and includes the push game machine 1 The state of the game system. The present invention is also applicable to a game system constructed by a completely independent plural game device such as an operation means operated by a player and a game control means. In this case, the normal game is played by using a normal token in one of the game devices, and the 1C token 身 which is a special body is obtained by the payment of the specified special physical payment condition, and the 1C obtained is used. The token Μ 'puts into the other game device to achieve the special game control mode permission condition, and the other game device may play the special game. These game devices are even different from each other in that their game content is completely different. For example, the game device of one of the game machines is a horse racing game machine. The other game device is a game machine.
又，於前述實施形態1及3中，從第1遊戲裝置排出 1C代幣Μ’時’將自身的遊戲站ID(裝置特定資获*)寫入 IC晶片。因此，於第2遊戲裝置受取之1C代幣M’係記 憶有支付該1C代幣M’之遊戲站部ST的遊戲站ID(裝置 特定資訊）。所以，第2遊戲裝置係利用從受取之1C代幣 M，讀取出遊戲站ID ’而可特定該1C代幣M’是從哪個 第〗遊戲裝置被支付者（支付來源），藉此’進行判定該IC -84- 200911347 代幣Μ’是否是適切者等之各種控制。 又’於本實施形態2及3中，已針對所有代幣都是 1C代幣Μ’之狀況加以說明，但是，前述實施形態1之 狀況相同，使通常代幣Μ與1C代幣Μ’混合存在亦可。 此時，記憶於1C晶片之當選旗標資料是「0」的1C代幣 Μ ’係通常有體物，記憶於1C晶片之當選旗標資料是 「1」的1C代幣Μ ’係特殊有體物。 又，於前述實施形態1及3中所使用之通常有體物及 特殊有體物任一皆是代幣，但是，該等有體物並不一定需 要是代幣，作爲硬幣或柏青哥鋼珠等亦可。 又，於前述實施形態1及2的推幣遊戲機中，具有讀 取出記憶於1C代幣Μ’之1C晶片（記憶部）的代幣價値資 料等之電子資料的作爲資料讀取手段之1C讀取器1 005、 108 - 9、109一 9。利用具備如此之1C讀取器，本推幣遊 戲機或連接於本推幣遊戲機之其他遊戲裝置及店舖之管理 裝置等的外部機器中，可進行使用1C代幣Μ’之1C晶片 內的各種資料的資料處理及控制。因此，可使用1C代幣 Μ’之1C晶片內的各種資料，對玩家提供新的遊戲性， 或對玩家提供各種服務。再者，記憶於1C代幣Μ’之1C 晶片內的電子資料的種類係亦可因應使用其電子資料來進 行之資料處理或控制的內容而適切決定。 又，於前述實施形態1及2的推幣遊戲機中，具有對 1C代幣Μ’之1C晶片（記憶部）寫入代幣價値資料等之電 子資料的作爲資料寫入手段之I C寫入器3 9 0、1 0 5 4。利 -85- 200911347 用具備如此之1C寫入器，於本推幣遊戲機中可將必 電子資料寫入至1C代幣M’的1C晶片內，易於對玩 供新的遊戲性，或對玩家提供各種服務。 又，於前述實施形態1及2的推幣遊戲機中，具 成玩家可目視之遊玩場域的遊玩場域形成手段的 800，作爲特殊有體物支付手段的第2抬升斗3 50及 抬升斗1 050等，係經由遊玩場域對玩家支付1C代幣 者。 再者，本發明係不限定於上述之推幣遊戲，亦可 於所有代幣遊戲機、柏青哥機、柏青嫂機及其他遊戲 將本發明適用於其他遊戲機之狀況的通常控制模 內容及特別控制模式之內容，係因應其遊戲機的遊戲 等，適切設定。例如，可使特別控制'模式的內容，成 示於顯示部之遊戲畫面上顯示有在通常控制模式時不 示之角色或道具等的畫像’或可選擇在通常控制模式 家無法選擇之選擇項目。 尤其，作爲本發明之第2遊戲裝置，係於無代幣 付之習知的硬幣遊戲機（視訊遊戲機），設置受取IC 等之特殊有體物的特殊有體物受取手段，藉由達成所 特殊有體物受取手段受取所定量特殊有體物之特別遊 許條件，控制與通常遊戲爲不同之特別遊戲的進行 可。 【圖式簡單說明】 要之 家提 有形 框體 第4 M， 適用 機。 式之 內容 爲顯 會顯 時玩 的支 代幣 謂其 戲允 者亦 -86- 200911347 [圖i]揭示關於實施形態1之推幣遊戲機之整體構造 的部份立體圖。 [圖2 ]用以說明同推幣遊戲機之遊戲站部之構造的說 明圖。 [圖3 ]用以說明同遊戲站部之內部構造的說明圖。 [圖4]揭示顯示於同遊戲站部的顯示部之吃角子老虎 用遊戲畫面之一例的說明圖。 [圖5]揭示顯示於同遊戲站部的顯示部之賓果用遊戲 畫面之一例的說明圖。 [圖6]揭示同推幣遊戲機的附屬設備抽選裝置之主要 構造的立體圖。 [圖7 ]抽出同遊戲站部的遊玩場域及其周邊部之構造 的部份立體圖。 [圖8](a)及（b)係用以說明同遊玩場域的推擠部之來回 運動的說明圖。 [圖9]揭示設置於同推幣遊戲機的代幣搬送路徑之代 幣分類部之構造的俯視圖。 [圖1 0 ]揭不同遊戲站部之代幣投入機構的立體圖。 [圖11]同代幣投入機構的前視圖。 [圖1 2 ]同代幣投入機構的俯視圖。 [圖13]同代幣投入機構的前視透視圖。 [圖14]同代幣投入機構的部份分解圖。 [圖15]揭示ic代幣被投入至同代幣投入機構時之控 制的流程之一例的流程圖。 -87- 200911347 [圖I6]揭示同推幣遊戲機的中央抽選裝置之構造的_ 視圖。 [圖17]揭示同中央抽選裝置之構造的立體圖。 [圖18]揭示顯示於同中央抽選裝置的顯示器裝置 面之一例的說明圖。 [圖19]揭示同推幣遊戲機的遊戲控制系與代幣排$@ 制系之主要構造的區塊圖。 [圖20]揭示在同推幣遊戲機的各遊戲站部進行之吃胃 子老虎遊戲之流程的流程圖。 [圖21]揭示在同推幣遊戲機的各遊戲站部進行之賓果 遊戲之流程的流程圖。 [圖22]揭示在同推幣遊戲機的中央抽選裝置進行之彩 金抽選之流程的流程圖。 [圖23]揭示1C代幣被投入至關於實施形態2之推幣 遊戲機的代幣投入機構時之控制的流程之一例的流程圖。 [圖24]揭示1C代幣被投入至關於實施形態3之推幣 遊戲機的代幣投入機構時之控制的流程之一例的流程圖。 【主要元件符號說明】 1 :推幣遊戲機 100 :代幣投入機構 1 0 1 :貯留面 108— 9，109 - 9，1005: 1C 讀取器 3 〇 〇 :第1抬升斗 -88- 200911347 3 1 0 :通常代幣貯留部 3 2 0 :抬升部 3 3 0 :通常代幣排出部 3 50 :抬升斗 3 6 0 : IC代幣貯留部 3 70 :抬升部 3 8 0 : 1C代幣排出部 3 90，1 054 : 1C 寫入器 5 0 0 :遊玩場域 501 :主台盤 5 1 0 :推擠部 600， 610， 620 ：控制部 1 000 :附屬設備抽選裝置 1 002 :代幣搬送路徑 1 〇 〇 3 :分類孔 1 004 : 1C代幣搬送路徑 1 0 2 0 :第3抬升斗 1021 :貯留部 1 0 2 2 :斗驅動部 1 023 :抬升部 1 03 0 :代幣支付部 1 〇 5 0 :第4抬升斗 1 0 5 1 :貯留部 1 〇 5 3 :抬升部 -89 200911347 1 3 00，1 400 :球供給機構 2000 :中央抽選裝置 Bl ， B2 :球 Μ :代幣 Μ ’ ： IC代幣 SA :附屬設備部 S Τ :遊戲站部 -90-Further, in the first and third embodiments, when the 1C token Μ ' is discharged from the first game device, its own game station ID (device-specific acquisition*) is written in the IC chip. Therefore, the 1C token M' received from the second game device remembers the station ID (device specific information) of the station unit ST that paid the 1C token M'. Therefore, the second game device can read out the game station ID' from the received 1C token M, and can specify which of the first game devices is paid (paying source) from which the 1C token M' is. It is judged whether the IC-84-200911347 tokens are various controls such as appropriate. In the second and third embodiments, the case where all the tokens are 1C tokens is described. However, in the first embodiment, the same conditions are used, and the usual tokens are mixed with the 1C tokens. It can also exist. At this time, the 1C token that is selected as the flag of the 1C chip is "0". The system usually has a body object, and the 1C token that is stored in the 1C chip is "1". Body. Further, any of the usual body objects and special body objects used in the first and third embodiments are tokens, but the body objects do not necessarily need to be tokens, as coins or Pachinko. Steel balls can also be used. Further, in the push-pull game machine according to the first and second embodiments, the electronic data which reads the token price data of the 1C chip (memory unit) stored in the 1C token Μ' is used as the data reading means. 1C reader 1 005, 108 - 9, 109 - 9. In an external device such as the 1C reader, the push coin game machine, or other game device connected to the push coin game machine and the management device of the store, the 1C chip can be used in the 1C chip. Data processing and control of various materials. Therefore, various materials in the 1C chip of the 1C token can be used to provide new gameplay to the player or provide various services to the player. Furthermore, the type of electronic data stored in the 1C chip of the 1C token can be determined in accordance with the content of data processing or control using the electronic data. Further, in the push-pull game machine of the first and second embodiments, the IC writes as a data writing means for writing electronic materials such as token price data to the 1C chip (memory unit) of the 1C token Μ'. 3 0 0, 1 0 5 4.利-85- 200911347 With such a 1C writer, in the push coin game machine, the electronic data can be written into the 1C chip of the 1C token M', which is easy to play for new gameplay, or Players offer a variety of services. Further, in the push-pull game machine according to the first and second embodiments, the play field forming means 800 of the play field in which the player can visually recognize the second lift hopper 3 50 and the lift as a special physical object payment means. Dou 1 050, etc., pays players 1C tokens through the play field. Furthermore, the present invention is not limited to the above-described push coin game, and can also be applied to other game machines, Pachinko machines, Pachinko machines, and other games to apply the present invention to the normal control mode of other game machines. The contents of the content and the special control mode are appropriately set in accordance with the game of the game machine. For example, the content of the special control 'mode can be displayed on the game screen of the display unit on the game screen displayed on the display screen, such as a character or a prop that is not displayed in the normal control mode' or a selection item that cannot be selected in the normal control mode can be selected. . In particular, the second game device of the present invention is a special object receiving means for receiving a special object such as an IC, which is a conventional coin game machine (video game machine). The special physical object receiving means is subject to the special leisure conditions of the specific physical objects, and the special game of the normal game is controlled. [Simple description of the figure] The home is provided with a tangible frame. 4 M, applicable to the machine. The content of the formula is a part of the perspective of the overall structure of the push-pull game machine of the first embodiment. [86] This is a partial perspective view of the overall structure of the push-pull game machine of the first embodiment. [Fig. 2] An explanatory diagram for explaining the structure of the game station portion of the push coin game machine. [Fig. 3] An explanatory diagram for explaining the internal structure of the same game station unit. Fig. 4 is an explanatory diagram showing an example of a game screen for a slot machine displayed on a display unit of the game station unit. [Fig. 5] An explanatory diagram showing an example of a bingo game screen displayed on the display unit of the game station unit. Fig. 6 is a perspective view showing a main configuration of an accessory drawing device of the push coin game machine. [Fig. 7] A partial perspective view showing the structure of the play field of the game station portion and its peripheral portion. [Fig. 8] (a) and (b) are explanatory views for explaining the back and forth movement of the pushing portion in the same play field. Fig. 9 is a plan view showing the structure of a token sorting unit provided in the token transfer path of the same push coin game machine. [Fig. 10] A perspective view of a token input mechanism of different game stations. [Fig. 11] A front view of the same token input mechanism. [Fig. 1 2] Top view of the same token input mechanism. [Fig. 13] A front perspective view of the same token input mechanism. [Fig. 14] A partial exploded view of the same token input mechanism. Fig. 15 is a flow chart showing an example of a flow of control when the ic token is put into the same token input mechanism. -87- 200911347 [Fig. I6] A view showing the configuration of the central drawing device of the push coin game machine. Fig. 17 is a perspective view showing the configuration of the same central drawing device. Fig. 18 is an explanatory view showing an example of a display device surface displayed in the same center drawing device. [Fig. 19] A block diagram showing the main structure of the game control system and the token rank $@ system of the push coin game machine. Fig. 20 is a flow chart showing the flow of a game of eating a stomach game performed by each game station unit of the push coin game machine. Fig. 21 is a flow chart showing the flow of a bingo game performed in each game station unit of the push coin game machine. Fig. 22 is a flow chart showing the flow of lottery lottery performed by the central drawing device of the push coin game machine. [Fig. 23] A flowchart showing an example of a flow of control when the 1C token is put into the token input mechanism of the push button game machine of the second embodiment. [Fig. 24] A flowchart showing an example of a flow of control when the 1C token is put into the token input mechanism of the push button game machine of the third embodiment. [Description of main component symbols] 1: Push coin game machine 100: Token input mechanism 1 0 1 : Storage surface 108 - 9, 109 - 9, 1005: 1C Reader 3 〇〇: 1st lift -88- 200911347 3 1 0 : Normal token storage section 3 2 0 : Lifting section 3 3 0 : Normal token discharge section 3 50 : Lifting bucket 3 6 0 : IC token storage section 3 70 : Lifting section 3 8 0 : 1C token Discharge portion 3 90,1 054 : 1C writer 500 0 : play field 501 : main table 5 1 0 : push unit 600, 610, 620 : control unit 1 000 : accessory device drawing device 1 002 : generation Coin transport path 1 〇〇3 : sorting hole 1 004 : 1C token transfer path 1 0 2 0 : 3rd lift hopper 1021 : storage part 1 0 2 2 : bucket drive part 1 023 : lift part 1 03 0 : token Payment part 1 〇 5 0 : 4th lift hopper 1 0 5 1 : Storage part 1 〇 5 3 : Lifting part - 89 200911347 1 3 00, 1 400 : Ball supply mechanism 2000 : Central drawing device B1 , B2 : Ball Μ : Token Μ ' : IC Token SA: Affiliated Equipment Department S Τ : Game Station Department - 90-